{"title":"Welding Consumables and Accessories","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWelding consumables\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday work: rutile, basic, stainless steel, aluminium and cast iron electrodes, solid and flux-cored MIG wire, TIG tungsten electrodes, gas cylinders, nozzles, contact tips, diffusers and plasma consumables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso \u003cstrong\u003ewelding accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e: MIG, TIG, spool gun and plasma torches, drive rollers and protective equipment for the welder.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"antorcha-tig-raspado-conector-35-50-4-m","title":"Scratch-start TIG torch with 35-50 connector - 4 m","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTIG weld with your 35-50 socket machine simply, without high frequency.\u003c\/strong\u003e This scratch-start TIG torch has a 35-50 connector and is 4 metres long. It lets you TIG weld with machines that have a quick-connector output of this size and a scratch-start function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith scratch start, the arc is struck by brushing the tungsten against the workpiece, with no need for high frequency: less interference with other equipment and a system that is very easy to learn. It is the most economical way to start making fine, clean TIG welds on steel and stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35-50 connector:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs straight into the socket of medium and large machines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScratch start:\u003c\/strong\u003e no high frequency needed to strike the arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 m long:\u003c\/strong\u003e room to move around the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTIG finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean beads, with no spatter or slag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTIG welding with 35-50 socket welders that support scratch start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel, thin steel and precision repair work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a damaged TIG torch of the same type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e scratch-start TIG torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnector:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35-50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-TORCHA50.S26\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e single unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrind the tungsten lengthways and strike with a short, gentle stroke: the arc starts more easily and the electrode lasts longer. If the tungsten gets contaminated by touching the weld pool, regrind it before carrying on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines does it work with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith welders that have a 35-50 connection and allow scratch-start TIG welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e4 metres, so you can work freely without bringing the machine close to the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does scratch start mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat the arc is struck by brushing the tungsten against the workpiece and lifting it, without high frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich consumables do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTungsten electrodes, collets, diffusers and ceramic nozzles to suit the torch size, plus argon gas with its regulator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a machine with 10-25 sockets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot directly: the connector is 35-50. For 10-25 sockets we have TIG torches with a 10-25 connector.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines does it work with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"With welders that have a 35-50 connection and allow scratch-start TIG welding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long is it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4 metres, so you can work freely without bringing the machine close to the workpiece.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does scratch start mean?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"That the arc is struck by brushing the tungsten against the workpiece and lifting it, without high frequency.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which consumables do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Tungsten electrodes, collets, diffusers and ceramic nozzles to suit the torch size, plus argon gas with its regulator.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for a machine with 10-25 sockets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Not directly: the connector is 35-50. For 10-25 sockets we have TIG torches with a 10-25 connector.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Single unit","offer_id":54641398317403,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-TORCHA50.S26","price":87.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/antorcha-tig-raspado-conector-35-50-4-m-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793863935"},{"product_id":"antorcha-mig-mt36-soldadora-hilo","title":"MT36 MIG torch for wire-feed welders","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestore your wire-feed welder's performance with a new MT36 torch, in 3 or 5 metres.\u003c\/strong\u003e A worn torch gives an unstable arc, wire jams and constant stoppages. With this MT36-type MIG\/MAG torch you replace the original and get back to welding with smooth wire feed and an even bead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the length to suit the way you work: 3 m for bench work and medium-sized parts, or 5 m to move around large structures without dragging the machine. The MT36 range is designed for high-current machines, up to 360 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT36 type:\u003c\/strong\u003e standard for high-current MIG\/MAG welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 m or 5 m, to suit the workshop or the site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a damaged torch without changing your machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-to-find consumables:\u003c\/strong\u003e commonly used tips, nozzles and diffusers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the worn or broken torch on a compatible wire-feed welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGaining reach in boilermaking, structural steelwork and metalwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping a spare torch so production never stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG\/MAG wire-feed torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT36 (range up to 360 A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 m (CE-AX36\/3M) and 5 m (CE-AX36\/5M)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG\/MAG wire welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen fitting the new torch, also change the contact tip and check the liner: a dirty liner slows the wire even if the torch is new. Cut and deburr the end of the liner properly before connecting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with my welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith machines that use an MT36-type torch and the same connection system. Check your welder's manual or contact us with the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich length should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3 m version for bench work, as it feeds the wire better. The 5 m version if you need to move around large workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat current can it handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MT36 range is designed for machines up to 360 A. For smaller welders there are the MT15 and MT25 versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat consumables does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact tips, nozzles and gas diffusers of the right type for MT36. It is worth keeping spares so you never have to stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for gas and gasless wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a MIG\/MAG torch; use with or without gas depends on your welder and the wire. Choose the tip according to the wire diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it compatible with my welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"With machines that use an MT36-type torch and the same connection system. Check your welder's manual or contact us with the model.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which length should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 3 m version for bench work, as it feeds the wire better. The 5 m version if you need to move around large workpieces.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What current can it handle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The MT36 range is designed for machines up to 360 A. For smaller welders there are the MT15 and MT25 versions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What consumables does it need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Contact tips, nozzles and gas diffusers of the right type for MT36. It is worth keeping spares so you never have to stop.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for gas and gasless wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a MIG\/MAG torch; use with or without gas depends on your welder and the wire. Choose the tip according to the wire diameter.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"3 m","offer_id":54641398382939,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX36\/3M","price":111.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 m","offer_id":54641398415707,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX36\/5M","price":143.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"difusor-gas-antorcha-mig-mt15-mt25","title":"Gas diffuser for MIG torch - pack of 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA diffuser in good condition means well-distributed gas and porosity-free beads.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 2 replacement diffusers for MT15 or MT25 type MIG torches, the part that holds the contact tip and distributes the shielding gas around the wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith use, spatter and heat clog the diffuser holes or distort the thread. The result is poorly distributed gas, porous beads and tips that work loose. Replacing it in time is inexpensive and restores the torch to its original performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven gas flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e distributes the shielding gas evenly around the wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm hold:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the contact tip securely fixed and centred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e one to fit and one spare for the case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e for MT15 or MT25 torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of MT15 and MT25 MIG torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, bodywork and structural workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare part for multi-process welders with a wire torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of torches with porosity or irregular gas flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e gas diffuser for MIG torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 diffusers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModels:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT15 · MT25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMT15 or MT25\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the model to suit your torch: the MT15 diffuser does not fit an MT25 torch, or vice versa. If you are not sure which one you have, check the reference on the handle or in the welder's manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the model to suit your torch (MT15 or MT25); they are not interchangeable. Take the opportunity to clean the gas nozzle and apply anti-spatter spray: you will extend the life of the whole assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the diffuser for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt distributes the shielding gas around the wire and holds the contact tip in the MIG torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with my torch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a version for MT15 torches and one for MT25. Choose the variant that matches your torch; they are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack includes 2 diffusers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen its holes are clogged, the thread is damaged or porosity appears in the weld even though the gas is correctly set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat other parts should be checked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe contact tip, the gas nozzle and the spring. We also offer the MIG consumables kit with all the wear parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the diffuser for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It distributes the shielding gas around the wire and holds the contact tip in the MIG torch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it compatible with my torch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"There is a version for MT15 torches and one for MT25. Choose the variant that matches your torch; they are not interchangeable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each pack includes 2 diffusers.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When its holes are clogged, the thread is damaged or porosity appears in the weld even though the gas is correctly set.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What other parts should be checked?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The contact tip, the gas nozzle and the spring. We also offer the MIG consumables kit with all the wear parts.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"MT15","offer_id":54641398481243,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-DIFUSOR15","price":7.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25","offer_id":54641398514011,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-DIFUSOR25","price":10.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"muelle-inyector-antorcha-mig-mt15-mt25","title":"Spring for MIG torch gas nozzle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small part that keeps the torch in perfect condition.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement spring for the nozzle assembly of MT15 (pack of 2) or MT25 (1 unit) MIG torches, the spare part worth always keeping to hand in the welder case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spring sits at the front of the torch, in the nozzle assembly, and with heat and use it loses tension or deteriorates. Replacing it in time helps the gas nozzle seat properly and keeps the front end of the torch firm, avoiding play that eventually affects your work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e versions for MT15 and MT25 torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEconomical:\u003c\/strong\u003e extends torch life for very little.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaced in a few minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlways to hand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal to keep in the welder case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of MT15 and MT25 MIG torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, bodywork and structural workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine torch inspection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of torches with play at the front end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e spring for MIG torch nozzle assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT15:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 springs per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT25:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMT15 or MT25\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the version to suit your torch: MT15 and MT25 parts are not interchangeable. If you want to renew the whole front end, the MIG consumables kit includes springs, gas nozzles, tips and diffusers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuick torch check\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse every tip change to check the gas nozzle, diffuser and spring. A front end in good condition protects the rest of the torch and maintains weld quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e every time you change the gas nozzle or diffuser, check the spring: if it has lost tension or is deformed, replace it. It is an inexpensive part that prevents play and wear in the rest of the front end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich torches is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor MT15 and MT25 MIG torches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT15 version includes 2 springs and the MT25 version 1 spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it has lost tension or is deformed or heat-damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is replaced in a few minutes by removing the front end of the torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a kit with more spare parts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the MIG torch consumables kit includes springs, gas nozzles, tips and diffusers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which torches is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For MT15 and MT25 MIG torches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The MT15 version includes 2 springs and the MT25 version 1 spring.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it has lost tension or is deformed or heat-damaged.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it difficult to fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is replaced in a few minutes by removing the front end of the torch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there a kit with more spare parts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the MIG torch consumables kit includes springs, gas nozzles, tips and diffusers.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"MT15 · 2 units","offer_id":54641398841691,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-MUELLE15","price":2.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25 · 1 unit","offer_id":54641398874459,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-MUELLE25","price":5.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"toberas-conicas-antorcha-mig-pack-5","title":"Conical nozzles for MIG torches - pack of 5","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpare nozzles so the gas always goes where it should.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 5 spare conical nozzles for MIG torches, the practical format for workshops that weld every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conical shape concentrates the shielding gas and gives a better view of the weld pool, which is why it is widely used in corners and narrow joints. With use, spatter builds up inside and blocks the gas flow: having 5 spares means you never have to work with a dirty nozzle that fills the weld bead with porosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e lower cost per unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConical shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e concentrated gas and good visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess porosity:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean nozzle shields the weld pool better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e always one ready in the toolbox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop MIG torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding in corners and narrow joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, bodywork and steel structure workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare parts stock for production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e conical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCheck compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, check that the nozzle model matches your torch. If you have an MT15 or MT25 torch, there are also dedicated conical nozzles in packs of 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDaily maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the inside of the nozzle at the end of each working day and apply silicone-free anti-spatter spray at the start. Also check the contact tip: if the bore is oval, replace it together with the nozzle to restore a stable arc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean spatter off the nozzle regularly and use anti-spatter spray: a clogged nozzle cuts off the gas and causes porosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many nozzles are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 conical nozzles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the conical shape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt concentrates the gas and gives a better view of the weld pool in corners and narrow joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the nozzle be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it is distorted or clogged with spatter that cannot be cleaned off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I extend its life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy cleaning it regularly and applying silicone-free anti-spatter spray before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit my torch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck that the model matches your torch. There are dedicated nozzles for MT15 and MT25.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many nozzles are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"5 conical nozzles.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of the conical shape?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It concentrates the gas and gives a better view of the weld pool in corners and narrow joints.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should the nozzle be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it is distorted or clogged with spatter that cannot be cleaned off.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How can I extend its life?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"By cleaning it regularly and applying silicone-free anti-spatter spray before welding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will they fit my torch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Check that the model matches your torch. There are dedicated nozzles for MT15 and MT25.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Pack · 5 units","offer_id":54641399497051,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-13604","price":22.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"punta-contacto-m8-antorcha-mig-25-uds","title":"M8 contact tip for MIG torches - pack of 25","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStable arc and smooth wire feed: change the tip in time.\u003c\/strong\u003e M8-thread contact tips for MIG torches in a pack of 25, for 0.8, 1.0 or 1.2 mm wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tip transfers the current to the wire. When the bore becomes oval, contact becomes irregular, the arc jumps and spatter appears. That is why it is the most frequently replaced consumable, and the pack of 25 is the most cost-effective format for workshops that weld every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 25:\u003c\/strong\u003e the lowest cost per unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eM8 thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e standard on many workshop MIG torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8, 1.0 and 1.2 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStable arc:\u003c\/strong\u003e uniform electrical contact with the wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMIG torches with M8-thread tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, boilermaking and steel structure workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduction with daily welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare parts stock for the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWire diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 \/ 1.0 \/ 1.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCheck your torch thread\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tips have an M8 thread. If your torch is an MT15 or MT25 with a different thread, there are also specific tips for those torches in packs of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a pack of 25\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe contact tip is the most frequently replaced consumable on a MIG torch. Workshops that weld daily go through many each week, so the pack of 25 lowers the cost per unit and stops you running out of spares halfway through a job. Keep tips in the workshop for each wire diameter you use: 0.8, 1.0 and 1.2 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always use a tip with the same diameter as the wire; a larger tip gives poor contact and a smaller one jams the wire. Change the tip as soon as the bore turns oval and clean off spatter regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat thread do they have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM8 thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich diameters are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 0.8, 1.0 and 1.2 mm wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many tips are in the pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25 contact tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should they be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the bore becomes oval or the arc becomes unstable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if I use a tip of a different diameter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf it is larger, contact is poor and the arc jumps; if it is smaller, the wire jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What thread do they have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M8 thread.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which diameters are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For 0.8, 1.0 and 1.2 mm wire.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many tips are in the pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"25 contact tips.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should they be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the bore becomes oval or the arc becomes unstable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens if I use a tip of a different diameter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If it is larger, contact is poor and the arc jumps; if it is smaller, the wire jams.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"0,8 mm","offer_id":54641399890267,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-199M808","price":21.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 mm","offer_id":54641399923035,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-199M810","price":21.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,2 mm","offer_id":54641399955803,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-199M812","price":21.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"hilo-mig-acero-inoxidable","title":"Stainless steel MIG wire","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean, bright, corrosion-resistant stainless steel welds.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel MIG welding wire for welding stainless steel with shielding gas, available in 0.8 and 1.0 mm and on 0.8, 5 and 15 kg spools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small spool is ideal for portable welders and occasional jobs; the 5 and 15 kg spools for workshops with regular stainless steel consumption. With the same MIG welder you use for steel, changing the wire, roller, tip and gas, you can work stainless steel productively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor stainless steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e corrosion-resistant joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree spool sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kg, 5 kg and 15 kg to suit your consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 and 1.0 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIG productivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e faster than stick or TIG on long parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel railings, handrails and furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood industry and hospitality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel tanks, brackets and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoilermaking workshops with continuous consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG with shielding gas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 mm · 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpools:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kg (1.0 mm) · 5 kg (0.8 and 1.0 mm) · 15 kg (0.8 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich spool to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall welders usually take spools of up to 1 kg; many multi-process machines up to 5 kg; and only workshop machines 15 kg. Choose the size according to your machine and how much you weld each month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e for stainless steel, use a suitable gas mix and a liner in good condition; clean the workpiece with a dedicated stainless steel brush and keep the spool covered and dry between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameters and spools are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.0 mm on 0.8 kg and 5 kg; 0.8 mm on 5 kg and 15 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need gas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is wire for MIG welding of stainless steel with a suitable shielding gas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use my steel MIG welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, by changing the wire, roller and tip to the correct diameter and using the right gas for stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich spool does my machine take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the welder: small ones usually take up to 1 kg, many multi-process machines up to 5 kg and workshop machines 15 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I stop stainless steel from rusting after welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean it with a dedicated stainless steel brush and do not use tools on the workpiece that have been used on ordinary steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameters and spools are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.0 mm on 0.8 kg and 5 kg; 0.8 mm on 5 kg and 15 kg.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it need gas?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is wire for MIG welding of stainless steel with a suitable shielding gas.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use my steel MIG welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, by changing the wire, roller and tip to the correct diameter and using the right gas for stainless steel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which spool does my machine take?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on the welder: small ones usually take up to 1 kg, many multi-process machines up to 5 kg and workshop machines 15 kg.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I stop stainless steel from rusting after welding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Clean it with a dedicated stainless steel brush and do not use tools on the workpiece that have been used on ordinary steel.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"1,0 mm · 0,8 kg","offer_id":54641400283483,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOINOX1,0","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · 5 kg","offer_id":54641400316251,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOINOX5KG","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 mm · 5 kg","offer_id":54641400349019,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOINOX51,0","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · 15 kg","offer_id":54641400381787,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOINOX15KG","price":293.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"hilo-mig-cobre-silicio-cusi","title":"CuSi copper-silicon MIG wire for MIG brazing","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoin thin and galvanised sheet without burning through it or damaging its protection.\u003c\/strong\u003e CuSi copper-silicon MIG wire, 0.8 mm, for MIG brazing, the standard bodywork technique for joining thin sheet with much less heat input than steel wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it works at a lower temperature, CuSi reduces distortion and better preserves the zinc coating on galvanised sheet. Available on a \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 kg spool\u003c\/strong\u003e for compact machines and a \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg spool\u003c\/strong\u003e for body shops with daily consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLess heat:\u003c\/strong\u003e less distortion on thin sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves the galvanising:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for zinc-coated sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBodywork standard:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most widely used joining technique in vehicle repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo spools:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kg and 5 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of vehicle bodywork and panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoining thin galvanised sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDucting, panel beating and light sheet metal work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody and paint shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e copper-silicon (CuSi)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnique:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG brazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpools:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kg · 5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePulsed MIG welders or dedicated bodywork welders work very well with CuSi, as they control heat input better. Always shield with argon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy it is so widely used in bodywork\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVehicle sheet metal is thin and usually galvanised. With steel wire, the heat distorts the panel and burns off the zinc; with CuSi the joint is made with less heat input, the sheet distorts less and the finish is ready for preparation and painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e for CuSi, use rollers and a liner suitable for soft wire and shield with argon: the wire feeds better and the bead stays clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is MIG brazing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a joining technique using copper-silicon wire that works with less heat than welding with steel wire, so it distorts thin sheet less.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is CuSi wire used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor joining thin and galvanised sheet, especially in bodywork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat gas do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShielding with argon is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat spools are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8 mm wire on a 0.8 kg or 5 kg spool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special rollers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is best to use rollers and a liner suitable for soft wire, so that it feeds without deforming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is MIG brazing?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a joining technique using copper-silicon wire that works with less heat than welding with steel wire, so it distorts thin sheet less.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is CuSi wire used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For joining thin and galvanised sheet, especially in bodywork.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gas do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shielding with argon is recommended.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What spools are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"0.8 mm wire on a 0.8 kg or 5 kg spool.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need special rollers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is best to use rollers and a liner suitable for soft wire, so that it feeds without deforming.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"0,8 mm · 0,8 kg","offer_id":54641401135451,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOCUSI0,8","price":49.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · 5 kg","offer_id":54641401168219,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOCUSI5KG","price":244.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"hilo-mig-acero-bobina-15-kg","title":"Steel MIG wire on a 15 kg spool","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe most economical format for those who weld every day.\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel MIG\/MAG welding wire on a 15 kg spool, in 1.0 and 1.2 mm diameters, designed for workshops, metalwork shops and structural fabricators with continuous consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 15 kg spool reduces the cost per kilo and the number of spool changes over the week. It is the natural choice for workshop welders with a wire feeder for large spools and for series production of structures, trailers or metal joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 kg spool:\u003c\/strong\u003e lower cost per kilo and fewer stops to change spools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 mm for medium thicknesses and 1.2 mm for thick sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for long welding shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most common material in metalwork and structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork and metal joinery workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabrication of structures, industrial buildings and trailers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoilermaking and series production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop MIG welders with room for a 15 kg spool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG\/MAG with shielding gas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 mm · 1.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpool:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1.0 or 1.2 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose 1.0 mm for medium thicknesses and 1.2 mm for thick sheet and higher-amperage machines. First check that your welder takes 15 kg spools: many compact machines only accept 1 or 5 kg spools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e match the feed rollers and tip to the wire diameter and check the liner when you fit a new spool: a dirty liner slows the wire and causes an irregular arc.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameters are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.0 mm and 1.2 mm, both on a 15 kg spool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes my welder take 15 kg spools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly workshop machines with room for a large spool. Check your welder's manual before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need gas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is solid steel wire for MIG\/MAG welding with shielding gas, such as CO2 or an argon-CO2 mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich diameter should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.0 mm for medium thicknesses and 1.2 mm for thick sheet and higher-amperage machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat roller and tip do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA feed roller and contact tip of the same diameter as the wire: 1.0 or 1.2 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameters are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.0 mm and 1.2 mm, both on a 15 kg spool.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does my welder take 15 kg spools?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only workshop machines with room for a large spool. Check your welder's manual before buying.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it need gas?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is solid steel wire for MIG\/MAG welding with shielding gas, such as CO2 or an argon-CO2 mix.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which diameter should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.0 mm for medium thicknesses and 1.2 mm for thick sheet and higher-amperage machines.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What roller and tip do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A feed roller and contact tip of the same diameter as the wire: 1.0 or 1.2 mm.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"1,0 mm","offer_id":54641401233755,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOACE151.0","price":63.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,2 mm","offer_id":54641401266523,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOACE151.2","price":63.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"rodillo-arrastre-hilo-soldadora-promig","title":"Wire drive roll for PROMIG welders","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe right drive roll for every wire: your PROMIG welder will feed without slipping or crushing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each type of wire needs its own groove: smooth for steel, knurled for flux-cored and U-shaped for aluminium. Using the wrong one is the most common cause of jams, deformed wire and an unstable arc. This wire drive roll is the spare part for PROMIG welders: choose according to your machine and the wire you are going to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSteel version 0.6-0.8 mm for PROMIG 165 and 200; 0.8-1.0 mm flux-cored wire version for PROMIG 200; and 1.0-1.2 mm aluminium version for PROMIG 291. With the right drive roll, the wire feeds smoothly and the bead comes out even.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecific groove:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel, flux-cored or aluminium, without deforming the wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFewer jams:\u003c\/strong\u003e constant feed to the torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e for the PROMIG models shown in each option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick change:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaced in the feeder in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a worn drive roll on PROMIG welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitching to gasless flux-cored wire on the PROMIG 200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding aluminium with the PROMIG 291.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel 0.6-0.8 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e for PROMIG 165 and 200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlux-cored 0.8-1.0 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e for PROMIG 200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium 1.0-1.2 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e for PROMIG 291\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e wire drive roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlux-cored and aluminium wire need their own roller: with a steel one, flux-cored wire gets crushed and aluminium deforms. Adjust the tension arm pressure just enough to stop the wire slipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy are there different drive rolls depending on the wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach wire needs a different groove: smooth for steel, knurled for flux-cored and U-shaped for aluminium, so it is fed without being deformed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich welders are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the PROMIG models shown in each option: PROMIG 165 and 200, PROMIG 200 (flux-cored) and PROMIG 291 (aluminium).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is flux-cored wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hollow wire filled with flux that allows welding without gas. It needs a knurled drive roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to change anything else when changing wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the contact tip for the corresponding diameter and, for aluminium, it is advisable to use a Teflon liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know if the drive roll is worn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the wire slips even when you adjust the pressure, or you see the groove is worn or has shavings, it is time to change it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why are there different drive rolls depending on the wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each wire needs a different groove: smooth for steel, knurled for flux-cored and U-shaped for aluminium, so it is fed without being deformed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which welders are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the PROMIG models shown in each option: PROMIG 165 and 200, PROMIG 200 (flux-cored) and PROMIG 291 (aluminium).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is flux-cored wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A hollow wire filled with flux that allows welding without gas. It needs a knurled drive roll.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to change anything else when changing wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the contact tip for the corresponding diameter and, for aluminium, it is advisable to use a Teflon liner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know if the drive roll is worn?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If the wire slips even when you adjust the pressure, or you see the groove is worn or has shavings, it is time to change it.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Steel 0.6-0.8 mm · PROMIG 165-200","offer_id":54641402020187,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ROLDA-PROMIG","price":21.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flux-cored 0.8-1.0 mm · PROMIG 200","offer_id":54641402052955,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG200-AN","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminium 1.0-1.2 mm · PROMIG 291","offer_id":54641402085723,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG291AL","price":19.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"bombona-gas-argon-co2-soldadura-mig","title":"Argon-CO2 gas cylinder for MIG welding","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMIG weld anywhere without renting a large cylinder.\u003c\/strong\u003e This argon-CO2 mixed gas cylinder gives the steel weld pool the shielding it needs in a compact format, designed for portable welders, one-off repairs and work away from the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn argon and CO2 mix is the usual choice for MIG\/MAG welding of steel: it shields the bead from the air, reduces porosity and leaves a cleaner finish than gasless welding. As it is a small cylinder, you can carry it in the van alongside the welder and start work in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArgon-CO2 mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most widely used shielding gas for welding steel with solid wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo rental:\u003c\/strong\u003e avoid contracts and deposits on large cylinders for occasional jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable format:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits in the welder case or on the trolley and moves with the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner welding:\u003c\/strong\u003e less porosity and spatter than with gasless wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork repairs on railings, gates and light structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance work on site, on farms or in industrial units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and small workshops with a MIG welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch-ups and tack welds away from the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas:\u003c\/strong\u003e argon-CO2 mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG\/MAG welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e cylinder, 1 unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to use a mix and when to use pure gas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn argon-CO2 mix is the balanced option for steel: smooth arc, good penetration and less spatter. If you need to MIG weld aluminium or work with TIG, the right gas is pure argon, available in the \u003cstrong\u003edisposable gas cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e in our catalogue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e close the regulator when you finish and remove the cylinder if you are not going to use it for a few days: this prevents leaks. Set a moderate flow rate and shield the area from draughts, which blow the gas away and cause porosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is this cylinder for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt supplies argon-CO2 mixed shielding gas for welding steel with a MIG\/MAG welder. The gas isolates the weld pool from the air and prevents porosity in the bead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for welding aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not the recommended option. Pure argon is used for MIG welding aluminium and for TIG welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a regulator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You need a regulator or pressure reducer compatible with the cylinder to adjust the gas flow to the torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it better than welding with gasless wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGas and solid wire give a cleaner bead with less slag. Gasless flux-cored wire is more practical outdoors in windy conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store it when not in use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClose the valve, remove the regulator if it will stand idle for several days and store it in a ventilated place, away from heat sources and protected from knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is this cylinder for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It supplies argon-CO2 mixed shielding gas for welding steel with a MIG\/MAG welder. The gas isolates the weld pool from the air and prevents porosity in the bead.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for welding aluminium?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is not the recommended option. Pure argon is used for MIG welding aluminium and for TIG welding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need a regulator?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. You need a regulator or pressure reducer compatible with the cylinder to adjust the gas flow to the torch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it better than welding with gasless wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Gas and solid wire give a cleaner bead with less slag. Gasless flux-cored wire is more practical outdoors in windy conditions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store it when not in use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Close the valve, remove the regulator if it will stand idle for several days and store it in a ventilated place, away from heat sources and protected from knocks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641402151259,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-GASMIXTOPLUS","price":21.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bombona-gas-argon-co2-soldadura-mig-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864106"},{"product_id":"electrodos-basicos-e7016-blister-30","title":"E7016 basic electrodes - blister pack of 30","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong steel welds of structural quality.\u003c\/strong\u003e Blister pack of 30 E7016 basic electrodes, 2.0 mm, for manual metal arc welding with covered electrodes (MMA), the choice when the joint has to withstand stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic electrodes are chosen over rutile when the mechanical strength of the weld matters. They require a little more technique, but give sound, tough joints in steel. The 2.0 mm diameter is convenient for small inverter welders and for medium-to-thin sheet and sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong joints:\u003c\/strong\u003e quality designed for parts under stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow hydrogen:\u003c\/strong\u003e E7016 classification, lower risk of cracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 mm, suitable for compact stick welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlister pack of 30:\u003c\/strong\u003e a practical quantity, protected from moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding of steel structures and brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of machinery, trailers and farm implements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork and light fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance work in the workshop and on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e basic electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e E7016\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e manual metal arc welding with covered electrode (MMA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBasic or rutile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eE6013 rutile is easier to use and leaves a very good finish: ideal for DIY and general work. E7016 basic is the option for joints that have to bear loads. If in doubt, you will find both in our catalogue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e basic electrodes absorb moisture: keep them sealed and dry and, if they have been open for a while, dry them in an oven before use following the manufacturer's instructions. Weld with a short arc to get the most out of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are E7016 basic electrodes used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor welding steel when a strong joint is needed: structures, machinery repairs and parts under stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameter are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blister pack contains the 2.0 mm diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many electrodes are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blister pack contains 30 electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they harder to use than rutile electrodes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey require a little more technique: a short arc and dry electrodes. In return, they give stronger joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should they be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSealed and in a dry place. If they have absorbed moisture, dry them in an oven before use, as indicated by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are E7016 basic electrodes used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For welding steel when a strong joint is needed: structures, machinery repairs and parts under stress.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter are they?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This blister pack contains the 2.0 mm diameter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many electrodes are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The blister pack contains 30 electrodes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are they harder to use than rutile electrodes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They require a little more technique: a short arc and dry electrodes. In return, they give stronger joints.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should they be stored?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sealed and in a dry place. If they have absorbed moisture, dry them in an oven before use, as indicated by the manufacturer.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Blister · 30 units","offer_id":54641402610011,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-BA2,0BLIS","price":5.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"electrodos-acero-inoxidable-308-316","title":"308 and 316 stainless steel electrodes - blister pack of 10","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld stainless steel with your stick welder, without TIG or gas.\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrodes for MMA arc welding of stainless steel in blister packs of 10, in types 308 and 316, so you can choose the right one for the steel you are joining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eType \u003cstrong\u003e308\u003c\/strong\u003e is used on the most common stainless steel, and \u003cstrong\u003e316\u003c\/strong\u003e when extra corrosion resistance is required. Available in 308 at 1.6 mm and 316 at 1.6, 2.0 and 2.5 mm: from thin sheet to medium thicknesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo gas:\u003c\/strong\u003e weld stainless steel with any stick welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo alloys:\u003c\/strong\u003e 308 and 316 for each type of stainless steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeveral diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e from 1.6 to 2.5 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlister pack of 10:\u003c\/strong\u003e a practical format for occasional jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of stainless steel railings, tanks and furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood industry and hospitality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of equipment and installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel work on site without TIG equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 308 · 316\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 308: 1.6 mm · 316: 1.6 \/ 2.0 \/ 2.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 electrodes per blister pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e manual metal arc welding with covered electrode (MMA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e308 or 316\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the electrode to suit the stainless steel you are welding: 308 for general-purpose stainless steel and 316 for parts that must withstand more aggressive environments. If in doubt, check the grade of the base material or contact us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e on stainless steel, use just the right current and short beads: excess heat darkens and weakens the weld zone. Always brush with a dedicated stainless steel brush; one used on carbon steel leaves particles that later rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e308 electrodes in 1.6 mm and 316 in 1.6, 2.0 and 2.5 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many electrodes are in each blister pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need gas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They are covered electrodes for MMA arc welding with a stick welder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between 308 and 316?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the stainless steel you are welding: 308 for common stainless steel and 316 when greater corrosion resistance is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat care does stainless steel require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust the right current, short beads and a dedicated stainless steel brush to clean without contaminating the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What types are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"308 electrodes in 1.6 mm and 316 in 1.6, 2.0 and 2.5 mm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many electrodes are in each blister pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"10 electrodes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need gas?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. They are covered electrodes for MMA arc welding with a stick welder.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I choose between 308 and 316?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"According to the stainless steel you are welding: 308 for common stainless steel and 316 when greater corrosion resistance is needed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What care does stainless steel require?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Just the right current, short beads and a dedicated stainless steel brush to clean without contaminating the workpiece.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"308 · 1,6 mm","offer_id":54641403789659,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-INOX1,6","price":11.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"316 · 1,6 mm","offer_id":54641403822427,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-INOX316-1,6","price":4.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"316 · 2,0 mm","offer_id":54641403855195,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-INOX316-2,0","price":5.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"316 · 2,5 mm","offer_id":54641403887963,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-INOX316-2,5","price":7.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"electrodos-niquel-soldar-fundicion","title":"Nickel electrodes for welding cast iron","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBring cracked or broken cast iron parts back to life.\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrodes for MMA arc welding and repair of cast iron: nickel (Ni-CI) and nickel-iron (NiFe-CI), the workshop solution for machine beds, housings and brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron is a tricky material to weld: it cracks easily if the filler or cooling is not right. These electrodes are designed specifically for it. Available in \u003cstrong\u003eNi 2.5 mm (blister pack of 15)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eNi 3.25 mm (blister pack of 10)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eNiFe 2.5 mm (blister pack of 15)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecific to cast iron:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for repairing cast iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo alloys:\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel (Ni-CI) and nickel-iron (NiFe-CI).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSavings:\u003c\/strong\u003e repairing a cast iron part usually costs much less than replacing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith your stick welder:\u003c\/strong\u003e no special machinery needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of machine beds and housings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracked brackets, pulleys and cast iron parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of agricultural and industrial machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalvaging parts that are hard to replace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ni-CI · NiFe-CI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNi-CI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 mm (15 pcs) · 3.25 mm (10 pcs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNiFe-CI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 mm (15 pcs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e manual metal arc welding with covered electrode (MMA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNi or NiFe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are suitable for cast iron. Choose the diameter according to the thickness and your machine: 2.5 mm for fine work and small repairs, 3.25 mm when you need more filler. If you have any doubts about the part, contact us before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e on cast iron, weld in short beads and let the part cool gradually between passes; sudden cooling causes new cracks. Clean the area thoroughly and remove any traces of oil before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these electrodes for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor arc welding and repair of cast iron: machine beds, housings, brackets and cracked or broken parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat versions are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNickel Ni-CI in 2.5 mm (15 pcs) and 3.25 mm (10 pcs), and nickel-iron NiFe-CI in 2.5 mm (15 pcs).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them with any stick welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are covered electrodes for MMA welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I stop the part from cracking again?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeld in short beads and let the part cool gradually between passes, without sudden cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich diameter should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.5 mm for small repairs and thin sections; 3.25 mm when you need to deposit more material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are these electrodes for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For arc welding and repair of cast iron: machine beds, housings, brackets and cracked or broken parts.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What versions are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nickel Ni-CI in 2.5 mm (15 pcs) and 3.25 mm (10 pcs), and nickel-iron NiFe-CI in 2.5 mm (15 pcs).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use them with any stick welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, they are covered electrodes for MMA welding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I stop the part from cracking again?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Weld in short beads and let the part cool gradually between passes, without sudden cooling.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which diameter should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2.5 mm for small repairs and thin sections; 3.25 mm when you need to deposit more material.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Ni · 2.5 mm · 15 pcs","offer_id":54641404051803,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-FE2,5BLIS","price":35.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ni · 3.25 mm · 10 pcs","offer_id":54641404084571,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-FE3,25BLIS","price":45.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"NiFe · 2.5 mm · 15 pcs","offer_id":54641404117339,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-NIFE2,5BLIS","price":25.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"antorcha-mig-mag-hilo-soldadora","title":"MIG\/MAG wire torch for welders","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRenew the hardest-working part of your welder and get back to welding with smoothly feeding wire.\u003c\/strong\u003e The torch is the part of the machine that takes the most punishment. This MIG\/MAG wire torch can replace the original or give you a longer one to reach large workpieces without moving the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the type according to your welder's current: MT15 up to 150 A, MT25 up to 250 A or MT36 up to 360 A, in lengths of 3, 4 or 5 metres. Ergonomic handle and robust construction for long shifts; the 4 m MT15 and MT25 versions are suitable for gas and gasless wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT15 (150 A), MT25 (250 A) and MT36 (360 A) for every type of machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeveral lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4 or 5 m to move around the workpiece without moving the welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas or gasless:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 4 m MT15 and MT25 versions work with gas-shielded wire or gasless flux-cored wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e less fatigue during long shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-to-find consumables:\u003c\/strong\u003e tips, nozzles and MT15 and MT25 spare kits available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the worn or damaged original torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking on large or hard-to-reach workpieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, bodywork, boilermaking and maintenance workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMIG\/MAG welding of steel with or without gas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG\/MAG (wire)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT15:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 150 A · 3 or 4 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT25:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 250 A · 3, 4 or 5 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT36:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 360 A · 4 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas or gasless use:\u003c\/strong\u003e specified for the 4 m MT15 and MT25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle:\u003c\/strong\u003e ergonomic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore buying, check that your welder's connector and amperage match the torch. And when you fit it, cut and deburr the end of the liner properly: many wire jams come from there, not from the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich torch do I need, MT15, MT25 or MT36?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on your welder's amperage: MT15 for machines up to 150 A, MT25 up to 250 A and MT36 up to 360 A. Using a small torch at high current overheats it and ruins it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with my machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe specification does not state the connector type; compare your machine's connector with the one in the photo or contact us with your welder model before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for gasless wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer specifies use with or without gas for the 4 m MT15 and MT25 versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLong or short?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 and 5 m versions give more reach; the 3 m versions are easier to handle and feed the wire better, especially if it is thin or soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo you stock consumables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, contact tips, conical nozzles and consumable kits for MT15 and MT25.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which torch do I need, MT15, MT25 or MT36?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on your welder's amperage: MT15 for machines up to 150 A, MT25 up to 250 A and MT36 up to 360 A. Using a small torch at high current overheats it and ruins it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it compatible with my machine?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The specification does not state the connector type; compare your machine's connector with the one in the photo or contact us with your welder model before buying.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for gasless wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The manufacturer specifies use with or without gas for the 4 m MT15 and MT25 versions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Long or short?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 4 and 5 m versions give more reach; the 3 m versions are easier to handle and feed the wire better, especially if it is thin or soft.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you stock consumables?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, contact tips, conical nozzles and consumable kits for MT15 and MT25.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"MT15 · 150 A · 3 m","offer_id":54641409786203,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AM15-3M","price":48.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT15 · 150 A · 4 m","offer_id":54641409818971,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX15\/4M","price":67.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25 · 250 A · 3 m","offer_id":54641409851739,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AM25-3M","price":60.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25 · 250 A · 4 m","offer_id":54641409884507,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX25\/4M","price":87.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25 · 250 A · 5 m","offer_id":54641409917275,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX25\/5M","price":111.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT36 · 360 A · 4 m","offer_id":54641409950043,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX36\/4M","price":122.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/antorcha-mig-mag-hilo-soldadora-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864432"},{"product_id":"antorcha-mig-aluminio-funda-teflon","title":"MIG torch for aluminium welding with Teflon liner","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld aluminium with wire, without jams or stoppages.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium is a soft wire that easily jams in a steel-lined torch. This dedicated aluminium torch has an internal Teflon liner and a compact 2-metre length so the wire feeds smoothly and without tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in MT15 (up to 150 A) and MT25 (up to 250 A), with an ergonomic design that reduces fatigue and a stable arc with good penetration. It is the simplest way to set up your MIG welder to work with aluminium too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTeflon liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e low friction so the aluminium wire does not bend or jam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 m long:\u003c\/strong\u003e the short path improves feeding of the soft wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo current ratings:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT15 up to 150 A or MT25 up to 250 A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic:\u003c\/strong\u003e comfortable grip during long shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMIG welding of aluminium and its alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium fabrication workshops, marine and trailer work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipping a MIG welder to work with aluminium as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium MIG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Teflon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT15:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 150 A (CE-AX15\/2MALU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMT25:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 250 A (CE-AX25\/2MALU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor aluminium, use U-groove drive rolls and aluminium-specific contact tips, and do not overtighten the pressure roller: the soft wire gets crushed and jams. Keep the torch as straight as possible while welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy a special torch for aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Teflon liner has less friction than a steel one and stops the soft aluminium wire from bending or jamming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with steel wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is not recommended: steel wire wears the Teflon liner. For steel, use a torch with a steel liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMT15 or MT25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose according to your machine's amperage: MT15 for welders up to 150 A and MT25 for machines up to 250 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich tips do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e1.2 mm aluminium contact tips, available for MT15 and MT25.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is it only 2 metres long?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the shorter the path, the better the motor pushes the soft aluminium wire and the lower the risk of it tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why a special torch for aluminium?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Teflon liner has less friction than a steel one and stops the soft aluminium wire from bending or jamming.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use it with steel wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is not recommended: steel wire wears the Teflon liner. For steel, use a torch with a steel liner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"MT15 or MT25?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Choose according to your machine's amperage: MT15 for welders up to 150 A and MT25 for machines up to 250 A.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which tips do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.2 mm aluminium contact tips, available for MT15 and MT25.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why is it only 2 metres long?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because the shorter the path, the better the motor pushes the soft aluminium wire and the lower the risk of it tangling.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"MT15 · 150 A · 2 m","offer_id":54641410081115,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX15\/2MALU","price":77.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25 · 250 A · 2 m","offer_id":54641410113883,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AX25\/2MALU","price":87.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/antorcha-mig-aluminio-funda-teflon-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864449"},{"product_id":"antorcha-mig-refrigerada-agua-500a","title":"Water-cooled MIG wire torch, 500 A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld at high current for hours without the torch overheating.\u003c\/strong\u003e When welding at high current over long shifts, an air-cooled torch gets too hot. This water-cooled wire torch handles up to 500 A and keeps the neck and consumables at working temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 3 metres long and is the replacement torch for the PROMIG500DP multi-process welder: fit it and get back to production without changing your machine or the way you work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 500 A:\u003c\/strong\u003e for industrial welding of thick sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater cooling:\u003c\/strong\u003e lower temperature at the neck and consumables, longer service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 m long:\u003c\/strong\u003e comfortable reach around the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with the PROMIG500DP welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the torch on the PROMIG500DP welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial MIG\/MAG welding at high current.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy boilermaking, structural steelwork and series production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG\/MAG wire torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooling:\u003c\/strong\u003e water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e PROMIG500DP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-MT501\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever weld with the water-cooled torch unless the water circuit is running: within a few minutes at high current the neck and liner will be damaged. Check the level and condition of the coolant from time to time, and make sure the hoses are not kinked or pinched.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich welder is it compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the replacement torch for the PROMIG500DP multi-process welder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a cooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a water-cooled torch and must always be used with the machine's cooling circuit running.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e3 metres, enough to move comfortably around the workpiece without moving the welder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat current can it handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 500 A, for industrial MIG\/MAG welding of thick sections and long beads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage over an air-cooled torch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt dissipates heat much better, so the neck and consumables last longer and you can weld at high current for longer without a break.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which welder is it compatible with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the replacement torch for the PROMIG500DP multi-process welder.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it need a cooler?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It is a water-cooled torch and must always be used with the machine's cooling circuit running.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long is it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"3 metres, enough to move comfortably around the workpiece without moving the welder.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What current can it handle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Up to 500 A, for industrial MIG\/MAG welding of thick sections and long beads.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage over an air-cooled torch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It dissipates heat much better, so the neck and consumables last longer and you can weld at high current for longer without a break.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Single unit","offer_id":54641411686747,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-MT501","price":220.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"antorcha-tig-valvula-gas-encendido-raspado-4m","title":"TIG torch with gas valve and scratch start, 4 m","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurn your stick inverter into a TIG machine and achieve fine, clean welds.\u003c\/strong\u003e With this 4-metre TIG torch you can TIG weld with a stick inverter that has scratch (Lift) start. It has a valve built into the handle to open and adjust the argon from the torch itself, without going to the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt connects with a 10-25 quick connector, the usual one on the sockets of compact stick welders, so you can make use of the machine you already have.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas valve on the torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e open and close the argon without going to the cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScratch (Lift) start:\u003c\/strong\u003e arc starting without high frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-25 connector:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick connection to most compact MMA inverters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 m long:\u003c\/strong\u003e freedom of movement in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTIG welding of steel and stainless steel with an MMA inverter with Lift function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine boilermaking, stainless steel and maintenance work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtending a stick welder to do TIG as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e TIG with scratch (Lift) start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnector:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-25 quick connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas:\u003c\/strong\u003e built-in regulating valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e blister pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the gas a few seconds before striking the arc and let it flow a little after finishing: the post-flow protects the tungsten electrode and the end of the bead from oxidation. You will need an argon regulator on the cylinder to set the flow rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work with any stick welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs a machine with a 10-25 connector and, for TIG welding, the machine must support scratch (Lift) start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the gas adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe valve on the handle opens and closes the flow; the flow rate is set with the regulator on the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich consumables does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTungsten electrodes, collets, diffusers and ceramic nozzles of the right size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e4 metres, enough to work comfortably around the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat gas do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePure argon is used for TIG. Connect the torch's gas hose to the regulator on the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it work with any stick welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It needs a machine with a 10-25 connector and, for TIG welding, the machine must support scratch (Lift) start.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is the gas adjusted?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The valve on the handle opens and closes the flow; the flow rate is set with the regulator on the cylinder.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which consumables does it use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Tungsten electrodes, collets, diffusers and ceramic nozzles of the right size.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long is it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4 metres, enough to work comfortably around the workpiece.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gas do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Pure argon is used for TIG. Connect the torch's gas hose to the regulator on the cylinder.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Single unit","offer_id":54641411981659,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-TORCHA.SR17","price":67.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/antorcha-tig-valvula-gas-encendido-raspado-4m-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864536"},{"product_id":"antorcha-tig-st26-conector-rapido-35-50","title":"ST26 TIG torch with 35-50 quick connector","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe workshop-standard TIG torch, ready to connect and weld with precision.\u003c\/strong\u003e ST26-type TIG torch with a 35-50 quick connector, the usual choice for professional TIG machines. Available in 4 metres, or 8 metres for working at a distance from the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 m version is compatible with the TITANTIG220P and TIG201ACDC welders. The 8 m version has a 25 mm² hose and an M16x1.5 gas connection, ideal when the machine cannot be brought close to the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eST26 body:\u003c\/strong\u003e a widely used standard, with easy-to-find consumables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrigger switch (4 m version):\u003c\/strong\u003e arc control from the handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35-50 connector:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick, secure connection to the machine socket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 m for everyday use, 8 m for work far from the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the torch on TITANTIG220P or TIG201ACDC TIG welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTIG welding of steel, stainless steel and aluminium (depending on the machine).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural or installation work where the machine is far away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e TIG ST26\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrigger switch:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes on the 4 m version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnector:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35-50 quick connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 m or 8 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility (4 m):\u003c\/strong\u003e TITANTIG220P and TIG201ACDC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose (8 m):\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 mm²\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas connection (8 m):\u003c\/strong\u003e M16x1.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked weight (4 m):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith long torches, lay the hose out fully before welding: coiled up, it causes more losses and makes high-frequency arc starting harder. Always keep a set of collets, diffusers and nozzles for the tungsten diameter you use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines is it compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 m version is intended for the TITANTIG220P and TIG201ACDC. The 8 m version suits TIG machines with a 35-50 connector and M16x1.5 gas connection; contact us with your model if in doubt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich consumables does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eST17\/ST26 types: collets, diffusers and ceramic nozzles, available in several sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a trigger switch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 m version has a trigger switch; for the 8 m version the manufacturer's specification does not say, so contact us if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e4 or 8 metres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 m version is easier to handle; the 8 m version gives reach when the machine cannot be brought close to the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich tungsten electrode should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe diameter must match the collet fitted. For steel and stainless steel on DC, ceriated tungsten is commonly used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines is it compatible with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 4 m version is intended for the TITANTIG220P and TIG201ACDC. The 8 m version suits TIG machines with a 35-50 connector and M16x1.5 gas connection; contact us with your model if in doubt.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which consumables does it use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"ST17\/ST26 types: collets, diffusers and ceramic nozzles, available in several sizes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it have a trigger switch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 4 m version has a trigger switch; for the 8 m version the manufacturer's specification does not say, so contact us if you need one.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"4 or 8 metres?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 4 m version is easier to handle; the 8 m version gives reach when the machine cannot be brought close to the workpiece.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which tungsten electrode should I use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The diameter must match the collet fitted. For steel and stainless steel on DC, ceriated tungsten is commonly used.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"4 m","offer_id":54641412276571,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-TORCHATIG26E","price":87.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 m","offer_id":54641412309339,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-TORCHATIG268","price":122.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/antorcha-tig-st26-conector-rapido-35-50-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864555"},{"product_id":"antorcha-spool-gun-carrete-integrado-aluminio","title":"Spool gun torch with built-in reel for aluminium","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe most reliable way to weld aluminium with wire, without jams.\u003c\/strong\u003e The spool gun carries the wire reel on the torch itself, so the wire travels just a few centimetres to the tip and does not bend or jam in the hose, which is the big problem with aluminium wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for soft or special wires such as aluminium and its alloys and other non-ferrous metals, in 0.8 mm wire. Its compact design makes work in delicate or hard-to-reach areas easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReel on the torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e minimal wire travel and no more jams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for aluminium:\u003c\/strong\u003e stable feeding of soft wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact and easy to handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e more control in delicate work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.8 mm wire:\u003c\/strong\u003e according to the manufacturer's reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMIG welding of aluminium and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairing aluminium parts, trailers and metal fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork with special non-ferrous wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG spool gun torch with built-in reel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 mm (according to the price-list reference)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium and its alloys, non-ferrous metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPOOLGUN200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e cardboard box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore buying, check that your welder has a spool gun connection; if it does not, it will not be able to control the reel motor. For aluminium, use pure argon and clean the workpiece thoroughly with a stainless steel brush just before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of a spool gun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wire comes off the reel on the torch and travels a very short distance, so the aluminium does not jam as it would in a long hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work with any welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it needs a machine that is set up for a spool gun. Contact us with your welder model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat wire does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to the manufacturer's reference, 0.8 mm wire on a small reel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for steel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for aluminium and non-ferrous metals; for steel a conventional MIG torch is more practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat gas do I need to weld aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePure argon is used for aluminium, with its regulator on the cylinder. Do not use an argon and CO2 mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of a spool gun?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The wire comes off the reel on the torch and travels a very short distance, so the aluminium does not jam as it would in a long hose.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it work with any welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it needs a machine that is set up for a spool gun. Contact us with your welder model.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What wire does it take?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"According to the manufacturer's reference, 0.8 mm wire on a small reel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for steel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is designed for aluminium and non-ferrous metals; for steel a conventional MIG torch is more practical.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gas do I need to weld aluminium?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Pure argon is used for aluminium, with its regulator on the cylinder. Do not use an argon and CO2 mix.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Single unit","offer_id":54641414046043,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-SPOOLGUN200","price":181.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/antorcha-spool-gun-carrete-integrado-aluminio-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864642"},{"product_id":"antorcha-corte-plasma-recambio","title":"Replacement plasma cutting torch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet back to cutting in minutes with the exact replacement torch for your plasma cutter.\u003c\/strong\u003e The torch is the part of a plasma cutter that wears the most and takes the most knocks. Here you have the complete replacement torch for the CUT55, CUT61 and CUT100 plasma cutters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CUT61 torch is 4 metres long and the CUT100 torch 6 metres, so you can cut large sheets without moving the machine. A spare torch in the workshop is the best guarantee that a job will not stop because of a trodden-on cable or a broken trigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the torch to match your cutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 m on the CUT61 and 6 m on the CUT100.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsumables available:\u003c\/strong\u003e nozzles, electrodes, diffusers, nozzle holders and complete kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e get your machine back without waiting for a repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the damaged or worn torch on a CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100 cutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping a spare torch so work never stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, boilermaking, maintenance and scrapyard workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete plasma cutting torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100 plasma cutters, depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCUT61 length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCUT100 length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCUT61 packed weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost plasma torches are damaged by working with worn consumables: change the electrode and nozzle together as soon as the cut widens or dross appears. And use clean, dry air: moisture drastically shortens the life of the consumables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the variant that matches your cutter: CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100. They are not interchangeable between models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre consumables included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the replacement torch; consumables are sold separately and also in complete kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CUT61 torch is 4 m long and the CUT100 torch 6 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the torch be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the body, cable or trigger is damaged. If it is just cutting poorly, changing the consumables is usually enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow can I extend the torch's life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChange the nozzle and electrode in good time, do not drag the torch across the floor and supply the cutter with dry, filtered air.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which one do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Choose the variant that matches your cutter: CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100. They are not interchangeable between models.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are consumables included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This is the replacement torch; consumables are sold separately and also in complete kits.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long are they?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The CUT61 torch is 4 m long and the CUT100 torch 6 m.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should the torch be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the body, cable or trigger is damaged. If it is just cutting poorly, changing the consumables is usually enough.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How can I extend the torch's life?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Change the nozzle and electrode in good time, do not drag the torch across the floor and supply the cutter with dry, filtered air.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"For CUT55","offer_id":54641414242651,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT55TORCHA","price":57.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For CUT61 · 4 m","offer_id":54641414275419,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT61TORCHA","price":136.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For CUT100 · 6 m","offer_id":54641414308187,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT100TORCHA","price":312.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/antorcha-corte-plasma-recambio-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864664"},{"product_id":"kit-consumibles-cortador-plasma","title":"Plasma cutter consumables kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eA clean plasma cut depends on having the \u003cb\u003eelectrode and nozzle in good condition\u003c\/b\u003e. This kit brings together the consumables that wear most, so you have spares to hand and do not have to stop work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the kit for your cutter: \u003cb\u003eCUT55\u003c\/b\u003e (5 electrodes, 5 nozzles and 2 shield cups), \u003cb\u003eCUT61\u003c\/b\u003e (10 electrodes, 5 nozzles, 1 shield cup, 1 spacer and 2 diffusers) or \u003cb\u003eCUT100\u003c\/b\u003e (10 electrodes, 10 nozzles, 2 shield cups, 1 spacer and 2 diffusers).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAll in one kit:\u003c\/b\u003e the torch's wear parts in a single order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpecific to each cutter:\u003c\/b\u003e versions for CUT55, CUT61 and CUT100.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCleaner cut:\u003c\/b\u003e new consumables = narrow kerf and less dross.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLonger torch life:\u003c\/b\u003e working with worn consumables damages the torch body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of CUT55, CUT61 and CUT100 plasma cutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops that use plasma cutting every day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping a stock of consumables for the site or workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCUT55 kit:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 electrodes, 5 nozzles, 2 shield cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCUT61 kit:\u003c\/b\u003e 10 electrodes, 5 nozzles, 1 shield cup, 1 spacer, 2 diffusers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCUT100 kit:\u003c\/b\u003e 10 electrodes, 10 nozzles, 2 shield cups, 1 spacer, 2 diffusers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100 plasma cutters depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e change the \u003cb\u003eelectrode when the central crater is visibly sunken\u003c\/b\u003e and the nozzle when the orifice is no longer round. Changing them at the same time gives the best result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy change consumables in time\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn electrode with a sunken crater or a nozzle with an oval orifice does not just make the cut worse: it forces the machine to work under strain, produces more dross and eventually damages the torch body, a much more expensive part. Having the kit in the workshop lets you replace them as soon as the first symptoms appear, without waiting for an order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one that matches your cutter: CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100. Consumables are not interchangeable between models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the nozzle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the cutting tip with the orifice through which the plasma jet exits; together with the electrode, it is the part that wears most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should the consumables be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on use and amperage. Change them when the cut widens, becomes bevelled or more dross appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy the parts individually?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, we also sell nozzles, electrodes, diffusers, spacers and retaining caps separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the CUT100 kit include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 electrodes, 10 nozzles, 2 shield cups, 1 spacer and 2 diffusers, for the torch of the CUT100 plasma cutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which kit do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The one that matches your cutter: CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100. Consumables are not interchangeable between models.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the nozzle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the cutting tip with the orifice through which the plasma jet exits; together with the electrode, it is the part that wears most.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should the consumables be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on use and amperage. Change them when the cut widens, becomes bevelled or more dross appears.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I buy the parts individually?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, we also sell nozzles, electrodes, diffusers, spacers and retaining caps separately.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the CUT100 kit include?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"10 electrodes, 10 nozzles, 2 shield cups, 1 spacer and 2 diffusers, for the torch of the CUT100 plasma cutter.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"For CUT55 · 12 pieces","offer_id":54641414603099,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT55KIT","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For CUT61 · 19 pieces","offer_id":54641414635867,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT61KIT","price":83.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For CUT100 · 25 pieces","offer_id":54641414668635,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT100KIT","price":155.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/kit-consumibles-cortador-plasma-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864685"},{"product_id":"buza-boquilla-corte-plasma","title":"Cutting nozzle for plasma torch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStraight, narrow, burr-free cuts start with a nozzle in good condition.\u003c\/strong\u003e The nozzle is the cutting tip of the plasma torch: its orifice concentrates the arc and defines the width of the cut. Together with the electrode, it is the part that wears most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the orifice becomes oval or widens, the arc spreads, the kerf grows and more dross appears on the underside of the sheet. Keeping spare nozzles in the case lets you maintain cut quality without stopping work. Available for the \u003cstrong\u003eCUT55\u003c\/strong\u003e (box of 10), \u003cstrong\u003eCUT61\u003c\/strong\u003e (box of 5) and \u003cstrong\u003eCUT100\u003c\/strong\u003e (10 units) cutters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiner cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e a new orifice concentrates the arc and narrows the kerf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLess dross:\u003c\/strong\u003e cleaner cuts that need less finishing with a grinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e working with worn consumables eventually damages the torch head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEconomical format:\u003c\/strong\u003e boxes of 5 or 10 to keep in stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of CUT55, CUT61 and CUT100 plasma cutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoilermaking, metalwork and steel structure workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheet metal cutting on site and repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare parts stock for daily plasma use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e nozzle (cutting tip)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100 plasma torches depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT55: box of 10 · CUT61: box of 5 · CUT100: 10 units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to change the nozzle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange it when the orifice is no longer round, when the cut comes out bevelled or when you notice the arc wandering. Ideally, change it at the same time as the electrode: a new consumable paired with a worn one never performs at 100%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always use clean, dry compressed air for plasma cutting: moisture and oil are what shorten consumable life the most. An air filter at the cutter inlet makes all the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the nozzle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the cutting tip of the plasma torch. Its orifice concentrates the arc and determines the width and quality of the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich nozzle do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one that matches your cutter: CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100. Choose the variant according to your machine's model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCUT55 in a box of 10, CUT61 in a box of 5 and CUT100 in 10 units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should it be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on use. Change it when the orifice goes oval, the cut comes out bevelled or more dross than usual appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I change the electrode too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is recommended. The nozzle and electrode wear together, and changing them at the same time gives the best cutting results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the nozzle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the cutting tip of the plasma torch. Its orifice concentrates the arc and determines the width and quality of the cut.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which nozzle do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The one that matches your cutter: CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100. Choose the variant according to your machine's model.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"CUT55 in a box of 10, CUT61 in a box of 5 and CUT100 in 10 units.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should it be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on use. Change it when the orifice goes oval, the cut comes out bevelled or more dross than usual appears.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I change the electrode too?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is recommended. The nozzle and electrode wear together, and changing them at the same time gives the best cutting results.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"CUT55 · box of 10","offer_id":54641415979355,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT55-BUZA","price":43.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"CUT61 · box of 5","offer_id":54641416012123,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT61-BUZA","price":38.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"CUT100 · 10 pcs","offer_id":54641416044891,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT100-BUZA","price":48.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/buza-boquilla-corte-plasma-vica-work-2.jpg?v=1793864734"},{"product_id":"electrodos-rutilo-e6013-acero","title":"E6013 rutile electrodes for welding steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe most versatile electrode for welding steel with any stick welder.\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS E6013 rutile, suitable for AC and DC current, with a stable arc, easy restriking and a good bead finish, both indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the electrode we recommend for beginners and the most widely used for repairs, metalwork and maintenance. Choose the diameter and format: a \u003cstrong\u003eblister pack\u003c\/strong\u003e to keep handy at home or in the van, or a \u003cstrong\u003ebox\u003c\/strong\u003e for workshop use, from 1.6 to 4.0 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to use:\u003c\/strong\u003e stable arc and easy restriking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC and DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with any stick welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGood finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean bead and easy slag removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMany formats:\u003c\/strong\u003e blister packs of 20 or 30 and boxes of 50 to 225 electrodes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral steel repairs at home, on the farm or in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, railings, gates and light structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of machinery and implements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLearning and DIY with an inverter welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS E6013 rutile electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent:\u003c\/strong\u003e AC and DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 \/ 2.0 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.25 \/ 4.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e blister pack of 20 or 30, box of 50, 100, 140, 200 or 225 electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuick diameter guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6 mm for very thin sheet; 2.0-2.5 mm for most jobs with small welders; 3.25 mm for sections; and 4 mm for thick material with machines of 160 A or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e store the electrodes in a dry place, tightly sealed: a damp coating causes porosity and an unstable arc. Buy by the box if you weld often; the price per electrode drops considerably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are E6013 rutile electrodes for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor manual metal arc welding of steel with covered electrodes. They are the most versatile and easiest to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they work with any welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are suitable for AC and DC current, so they work with both transformer and inverter welders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich diameter should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6 mm for very thin sheet, 2.0-2.5 mm for most jobs, 3.25 mm for sections and 4 mm for thick material with machines of 160 A or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat formats are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlister packs of 20 or 30 electrodes and boxes of 50, 100, 140, 200 or 225, depending on the diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are suitable for welding both indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are E6013 rutile electrodes for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For manual metal arc welding of steel with covered electrodes. They are the most versatile and easiest to use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do they work with any welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, they are suitable for AC and DC current, so they work with both transformer and inverter welders.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which diameter should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.6 mm for very thin sheet, 2.0-2.5 mm for most jobs, 3.25 mm for sections and 4 mm for thick material with machines of 160 A or more.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What formats are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Blister packs of 20 or 30 electrodes and boxes of 50, 100, 140, 200 or 225, depending on the diameter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can they be used outdoors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, they are suitable for welding both indoors and outdoors.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"1.6 mm · blister of 30","offer_id":54641416405339,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU1,6BLIS","price":6.37,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.0 mm · blister of 20","offer_id":54641416438107,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU2,0BLIS","price":3.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 mm · blister of 20","offer_id":54641416470875,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU2,5BLIS","price":3.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.25 mm · blister of 20","offer_id":54641416503643,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU3,25BLIS","price":3.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.0 mm · box of 50","offer_id":54641416536411,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU2,0CAJA50","price":5.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 mm · box of 50","offer_id":54641416569179,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU2,5CAJA50","price":5.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.25 mm · box of 50","offer_id":54641416601947,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU3,25CAJA50","price":5.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.0 mm · box of 200","offer_id":54641416634715,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU2,0CAJA200","price":13.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 mm · box of 225","offer_id":54641416667483,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU2,5CAJA225","price":18.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.25 mm · box of 140","offer_id":54641416700251,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU3,25CAJ140","price":19.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.0 mm · box of 100","offer_id":54641416733019,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-RU4,0CAJA100","price":19.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/electrodos-rutilo-e6013-acero-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864747"},{"product_id":"portaboquillas-antorcha-plasma","title":"Retaining cap for plasma torches","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWell-centred consumables, straight cuts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The retaining cap is the part that holds the consumables in the plasma torch head. If it is burnt or distorted, the nozzle does not centre properly and the cut quality drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA retaining cap in good condition keeps the nozzle, electrode and swirl ring aligned, which means a centred arc, a narrow kerf and less dross. Available for \u003cstrong\u003eCUT55 (2 units)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eCUT61 (1 unit)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eCUT100 (2 units)\u003c\/strong\u003e plasma cutter torches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect centring:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the consumables aligned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter cutting:\u003c\/strong\u003e centred arc and less dross.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents damage to the head from poorly held consumables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e for CUT55, CUT61 and CUT100.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of CUT55, CUT61 and CUT100 plasma cutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairing torches that cut off-line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoilermaking and steel structure workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare parts stock for heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e retaining cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT55, CUT61 or CUT100 plasma torches depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT55: 2 pcs · CUT61: 1 pc · CUT100: 2 pcs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCheck it every time you change consumables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you see burn marks, distortion or a damaged thread, replace it. A retaining cap in poor condition means new electrodes and nozzles perform worse than they should.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always use clean, dry compressed air for plasma cutting: moisture and oil are what shorten consumable life the most. An air filter at the cutter inlet makes all the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the retaining cap do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds the consumables in the plasma torch head and keeps them centred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cutters is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are versions for CUT55 (2 pcs), CUT61 (1 pc) and CUT100 (2 pcs).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I replace it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it is burnt, distorted or has a damaged thread, or if the nozzle does not centre properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it affect the cut?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. If it does not hold the nozzle firmly, the arc goes off-centre and the cut is worse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat other consumables do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrodes, nozzles, swirl rings and spacers, or the complete consumables kit for your cutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the retaining cap do?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It holds the consumables in the plasma torch head and keeps them centred.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which cutters is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"There are versions for CUT55 (2 pcs), CUT61 (1 pc) and CUT100 (2 pcs).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I replace it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it is burnt, distorted or has a damaged thread, or if the nozzle does not centre properly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it affect the cut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. If it does not hold the nozzle firmly, the arc goes off-centre and the cut is worse.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What other consumables do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Electrodes, nozzles, swirl rings and spacers, or the complete consumables kit for your cutter.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"CUT55 · 2 pcs","offer_id":54641416798555,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT55-PORT","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"CUT61 · 1 pc","offer_id":54641416831323,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT61-PORT","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"CUT100 · 2 pcs","offer_id":54641416864091,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT100-PORT","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"separador-antorcha-plasma","title":"Spacer for plasma torches","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExact spacing between consumables for stable plasma cutting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Spare part for the plasma torch head that keeps the consumables correctly spaced and centred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough it wears less than the electrode and nozzle, the spacer suffers from heat and knocks. If it cracks or distorts, the consumables lose their position and the arc becomes irregular. Available for \u003cstrong\u003eCUT61\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eCUT100\u003c\/strong\u003e cutters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect centring:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the electrode and nozzle aligned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStable arc:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents deviation and irregular cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the consumables:\u003c\/strong\u003e extends electrode and nozzle life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e versions for CUT61 and CUT100.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of CUT61 and CUT100 plasma cutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairing torches with an irregular arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoilermaking workshops and industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlasma spare parts stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e spacer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT61 or CUT100 plasma torches depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to replace it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck it every time you replace the electrode and nozzle. If it shows cracks, burn marks or distortion, replace it: a damaged spacer cancels out the benefits of new consumables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlasma torch maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDismantle and clean the torch head when changing consumables, check that the seals are in good condition and reassemble all parts firmly tightened and in the correct order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always use clean, dry compressed air for plasma cutting: moisture and oil are what shorten consumable life the most. An air filter at the cutter inlet makes all the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the spacer do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt keeps the consumables correctly spaced and centred in the plasma torch head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cutters is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor CUT61 and CUT100, depending on the variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf it has cracks, burn marks or distortion, or if the arc becomes irregular with new consumables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it included in any kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the consumables kits for CUT61 and CUT100 include a spacer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the spacer do?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It keeps the consumables correctly spaced and centred in the plasma torch head.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which cutters is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For CUT61 and CUT100, depending on the variant.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1 unit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If it has cracks, burn marks or distortion, or if the arc becomes irregular with new consumables.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it included in any kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the consumables kits for CUT61 and CUT100 include a spacer.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"CUT61","offer_id":54641416962395,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT61-SEP","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"CUT100","offer_id":54641416995163,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT100-SEP","price":14.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/separador-antorcha-plasma-vica-work-2.jpg?v=1793864761"},{"product_id":"electrodos-basicos-e7016-2-5mm","title":"E7016 low-hydrogen basic electrodes, 2.5 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor steel joints that cannot fail.\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS E7016 low-hydrogen basic electrodes, 2.5 mm, designed for structures, shipbuilding and general repairs with high quality requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey allow all-position welding with beads of good quality and finish. They come in a \u003cstrong\u003esealed blister pack of 20 electrodes\u003c\/strong\u003e, which protects them from moisture until they are used, something essential for a basic electrode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow hydrogen:\u003c\/strong\u003e lower risk of cracking in demanding joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e flat, vertical, horizontal and overhead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed blister pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection against moisture until use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.5 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most versatile diameter for workshop inverters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel structures and boilermaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipbuilding and demanding repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of agricultural and construction machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrackets, anchors and load-bearing parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS E7016 low-hydrogen basic electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 electrodes in a sealed blister pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositions:\u003c\/strong\u003e all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel structures, shipbuilding and repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the diameter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.5 mm size covers most jobs with home and workshop inverter welders. For thinner sheet there is the E7016 in 2.0 mm (blister pack of 30), and for less demanding general work, E6013 rutile in several diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e basic electrodes are very sensitive to moisture: keep them in their packaging and, if they have absorbed moisture, dry them in an oven before use, as indicated by the manufacturer. Weld with a short arc and clean off the slag thoroughly between passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does low hydrogen mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat the coating adds very little hydrogen to the bead, which reduces the risk of cracking in demanding joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn which positions can it be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many electrodes are in the blister pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 electrodes, 2.5 mm, in a sealed blister pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat jobs are they recommended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor steel structures, shipbuilding and general repairs with high quality requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do if they have absorbed moisture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry them in an oven before use following the manufacturer's instructions. A damp basic electrode causes porosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does low hydrogen mean?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"That the coating adds very little hydrogen to the bead, which reduces the risk of cracking in demanding joints.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"In which positions can it be used?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"In all positions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many electrodes are in the blister pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"20 electrodes, 2.5 mm, in a sealed blister pack.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What jobs are they recommended for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For steel structures, shipbuilding and general repairs with high quality requirements.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What should I do if they have absorbed moisture?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Dry them in an oven before use following the manufacturer's instructions. A damp basic electrode causes porosity.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Blister · 20 units","offer_id":54641417060699,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-BA2,5BLIS","price":5.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"difusor-antorcha-plasma","title":"Diffuser for plasma torch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA stable arc and longer-lasting electrodes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The diffuser distributes compressed air around the electrode inside the plasma torch head. When it is damaged, the arc becomes unstable and the electrode wears out at full speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a part that tends to be forgotten until the cut starts to fail. Checking it at every consumables change and replacing it when it shows burns, cracks or clogged holes keeps the cutter performing like new. Available for \u003cstrong\u003eCUT61\u003c\/strong\u003e (10 units) and \u003cstrong\u003eCUT100\u003c\/strong\u003e (2 units).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable arc:\u003c\/strong\u003e good air distribution centres and stabilises the arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLonger service life:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces premature wear of the electrode and nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsistent cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e less variation in quality along the cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e versions for CUT61 and CUT100 cutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of CUT61 and CUT100 plasma cutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoilermaking and steel structure workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of torches with an unstable arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare parts stock for intensive use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e diffuser for plasma torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT61 or CUT100 plasma torches depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT61: 10 units · CUT100: 2 units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSigns that it needs changing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrodes that wear faster than normal, a sputtering arc or an irregular cut with the air correctly set are typical symptoms of a damaged diffuser. Always check it when you change the electrode and nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always use clean, dry compressed air for plasma cutting: moisture and oil are what shorten consumable life the most. An air filter at the cutter inlet makes all the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the plasma diffuser do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt distributes compressed air around the electrode inside the torch head, which stabilises the arc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cutters is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a version for CUT61 (10 units) and one for CUT100 (2 units). Choose the one for your machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I change it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf it shows burns, cracks or clogged holes, or if the electrode wears too quickly with the air correctly set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it affect cut quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A damaged diffuser causes an unstable arc, irregular cuts and rapid wear of consumables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a kit with all the parts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the plasma cutter consumables kit includes electrodes, nozzles and, depending on the model, diffusers and a spacer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the plasma diffuser do?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It distributes compressed air around the electrode inside the torch head, which stabilises the arc.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which cutters is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"There is a version for CUT61 (10 units) and one for CUT100 (2 units). Choose the one for your machine.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I change it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If it shows burns, cracks or clogged holes, or if the electrode wears too quickly with the air correctly set.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it affect cut quality?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. A damaged diffuser causes an unstable arc, irregular cuts and rapid wear of consumables.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there a kit with all the parts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the plasma cutter consumables kit includes electrodes, nozzles and, depending on the model, diffusers and a spacer.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"CUT61 · 10 pcs","offer_id":54641417093467,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT61-DIF","price":41.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"CUT100 · 2 pcs","offer_id":54641417126235,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT100-DIF","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/difusor-antorcha-plasma-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864773"},{"product_id":"electrodos-antorcha-plasma-cut100","title":"Electrodes for CUT100 plasma torch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your CUT100 cutter cutting with precision.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 10 replacement electrodes for the IPT100 torch of the CUT100 plasma cutter. The electrode is the consumable that generates the arc and, together with the nozzle, the one that wears most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a 100 A cutter working thick sheet, electrode consumption is constant. With a pack of 10 in the workshop you avoid downtime and maintain cut quality, speed and torch life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for the IPT100 torch of the CUT100.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 10:\u003c\/strong\u003e spares for many hours of cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e a new electrode keeps the arc centred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e avoids damage from working with worn-out consumables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of the CUT100 plasma cutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy fabrication and structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick sheet cutting in the workshop and in industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsumables stock for intensive use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPT100 torch of the CUT100 plasma cutter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChange the electrode and nozzle together\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the electrode's central crater is visibly sunken, change the nozzle too. You will find CUT100 nozzles and the complete CUT100 consumables kit in our catalogue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTorch maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen changing the electrode, clean the torch head, check the diffuser and spacer, and make sure the air arrives clean and dry. That way each new electrode delivers the maximum metres of cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e change the electrode when the central crater is visibly sunken, and change the nozzle at the same time. Always work with clean, dry air: it is what extends consumable life the most.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat machine are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the IPT100 torch of the CUT100 plasma cutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack contains 10 electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the central crater is visibly sunken or the arc starts to wander.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they suitable for the CUT55 or CUT61?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For those cutters we offer dedicated electrodes in boxes of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat other consumables does the CUT100 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNozzle, diffuser, spacer and retaining cap. The CUT100 consumables kit is also available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What machine are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the IPT100 torch of the CUT100 plasma cutter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The pack contains 10 electrodes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the central crater is visibly sunken or the arc starts to wander.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are they suitable for the CUT55 or CUT61?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. For those cutters we offer dedicated electrodes in boxes of 10.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What other consumables does the CUT100 need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nozzle, diffuser, spacer and retaining cap. The CUT100 consumables kit is also available.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Pack · 10 units","offer_id":54641417257307,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT100-EL","price":41.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/electrodos-antorcha-plasma-cut100-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864783"},{"product_id":"electrodos-aluminio-3-25mm","title":"AlSi12 aluminium electrodes, 3.25 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepair aluminium with your stick welder, without TIG or MIG.\u003c\/strong\u003e AlSi12 (ER4047) alloy covered electrodes, 3.25 mm, with a low melting point and good fluidity for clean, even beads on aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are the practical solution when you need to repair an aluminium part and only have a stick welder: housings, brackets, castings or sections. Blister pack of \u003cstrong\u003e10 electrodes, 3.25 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo special equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e weld aluminium with a stick welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlSi12 alloy:\u003c\/strong\u003e low melting point and high fluidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean beads:\u003c\/strong\u003e an even finish on repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlister pack of 10:\u003c\/strong\u003e just the right quantity for occasional repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of aluminium parts and housings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium brackets, sections and components in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of machinery and vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium work without TIG or MIG equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlloy:\u003c\/strong\u003e AlSi12 (ER4047)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e welding and repair of aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e manual metal arc welding with covered electrode (MMA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrode or wire for aluminium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AlSi12 electrode is ideal for occasional repairs. If you weld aluminium frequently, a MIG welder with aluminium wire or an AC\/DC TIG welder will give you more control and productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean and degrease the area very thoroughly, keep a steady angle and do not overheat the part: aluminium goes from solid to liquid without warning. Store the electrodes in a dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I weld aluminium with a stick welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with these AlSi12 covered electrodes you can weld and repair aluminium without TIG or MIG equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat alloy are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlSi12, equivalent to ER4047, with a low melting point and good fluidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameter are they and how many are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are 3.25 mm and the blister pack includes 10 electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should the part be prepared?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean and degrease the area very thoroughly and remove the oxide layer before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should they be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry place and in their packaging, so that the coating does not absorb moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I weld aluminium with a stick welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, with these AlSi12 covered electrodes you can weld and repair aluminium without TIG or MIG equipment.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What alloy are they?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"AlSi12, equivalent to ER4047, with a low melting point and good fluidity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter are they and how many are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are 3.25 mm and the blister pack includes 10 electrodes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should the part be prepared?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Clean and degrease the area very thoroughly and remove the oxide layer before welding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should they be stored?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"In a dry place and in their packaging, so that the coating does not absorb moisture.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Blister · 10 units","offer_id":54641417290075,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-ALU3,25","price":20.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"electrodos-inoxidable-e308","title":"E308 stainless steel electrodes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWell-welded stainless steel, corrosion-resistant and with low spatter.\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS E308 electrodes for arc welding stainless steel, with a stable arc and clean bead, designed for jobs where corrosion is not an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are the usual choice in the \u003cstrong\u003efood industry, equipment manufacturing and marine environments\u003c\/strong\u003e, and let you weld stainless steel with any stick welder, without gas. Blister pack of 10 electrodes in 2.0 or 2.5 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable arc:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy starting and smooth behaviour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow spatter:\u003c\/strong\u003e less cleaning of the workpiece afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for stainless steel in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 and 2.5 mm for thin and medium thicknesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood industry, hospitality and commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel equipment and installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine environments and boating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of railings, tanks and brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS E308 stainless steel electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 \/ 2.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 electrodes per blister pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses:\u003c\/strong\u003e stainless steel in food processing, equipment and marine environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the diameter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.0 mm size is convenient on thin sheet and with small machines; the 2.5 mm size deposits more metal on medium thicknesses. If you need 316 stainless steel or a 1.6 mm diameter, there is also the 308\/316 electrode blister pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e on stainless steel, use slightly less current than on carbon steel for the same diameter and brush with a dedicated stainless steel brush: a brush used on carbon steel leaves particles that later rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is an E308 electrode?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a covered electrode for arc welding stainless steel, according to the AWS E308 classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameters are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.0 mm and 2.5 mm, in blister packs of 10 electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat jobs is it recommended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel in the food industry, equipment manufacturing and marine environments, where corrosion resistance matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special equipment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, any stick (MMA) welder will do. No gas is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat current should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlightly less than with a carbon steel electrode of the same diameter. Start low and adjust according to thickness and position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is an E308 electrode?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a covered electrode for arc welding stainless steel, according to the AWS E308 classification.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameters are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2.0 mm and 2.5 mm, in blister packs of 10 electrodes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What jobs is it recommended for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For stainless steel in the food industry, equipment manufacturing and marine environments, where corrosion resistance matters.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need special equipment?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, any stick (MMA) welder will do. No gas is needed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What current should I use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Slightly less than with a carbon steel electrode of the same diameter. Start low and adjust according to thickness and position.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"2,0 mm","offer_id":54641417814363,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-INOX2,0","price":14.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2,5 mm","offer_id":54641417847131,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-INOX2,5","price":14.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/electrodos-inoxidable-e308-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864810"},{"product_id":"electrodo-tungsteno-cerio-tig-1-6mm","title":"Ceriated tungsten electrode for TIG, 1.6 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy arc starting and a stable arc even at low current.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cerium-alloyed tungsten electrodes for TIG welding of steel and stainless steel: the ideal option for thin sheet and for jobs where you need a precise arc from the very start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike thoriated tungsten, ceriated tungsten \u003cstrong\u003eis not radioactive\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you can grind it on your bench grinder with peace of mind. Pack of 2 units, 1.6 mm, the most widely used diameter for thin and medium thicknesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy starting:\u003c\/strong\u003e the arc strikes easily and without jumping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable at low current:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for thin sheet and delicate tack welds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-radioactive:\u003c\/strong\u003e a safe alternative to thoriated tungsten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel and stainless steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for the most common TIG jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTIG welding of thin steel and stainless steel sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight fabrication, railings and metal furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision repairs in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare for TIG torches with a 1.6 mm collet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ceriated tungsten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e TIG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel and stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMatching collet, diffuser and cup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo use the 1.6 mm electrode, your torch must have a 1.6 mm collet and diffuser. For ST17\/ST26 torches you will find both spare parts in our catalogue, as well as ceramic cups in several sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e grind the tip lengthways (the grinding marks should run towards the point) and leave a ground length of about 2-3 times the diameter: the arc will be more focused and stable. If you dip the tungsten into the weld pool, regrind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat materials is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor TIG welding of steel and stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it radioactive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Ceriated tungsten is not radioactive, unlike thoriated tungsten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameter is it and how many are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are 1.6 mm electrodes and the pack includes 2 units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be ground?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLengthways, with the grinding marks running towards the point, and with a ground length of about 2-3 times the diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat collet do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 1.6 mm collet and diffuser compatible with your TIG torch, for example ST17 or ST26.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What materials is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For TIG welding of steel and stainless steel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it radioactive?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Ceriated tungsten is not radioactive, unlike thoriated tungsten.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter is it and how many are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are 1.6 mm electrodes and the pack includes 2 units.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should it be ground?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Lengthways, with the grinding marks running towards the point, and with a ground length of about 2-3 times the diameter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What collet do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 1.6 mm collet and diffuser compatible with your TIG torch, for example ST17 or ST26.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Pack · 2 units","offer_id":54641418010971,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-TIGINOX1,6T","price":15.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"electrodos-recambio-cortador-plasma","title":"Replacement electrodes for plasma cutter (box of 10)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCut like new again.\u003c\/strong\u003e Spare electrodes for CUT55 and CUT61 plasma cutters, in boxes of 10, designed to provide good conductivity, durability and cutting precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode generates the plasma arc and, together with the nozzle, is the part that wears most. When its central crater sinks, the arc wanders, the cut loses precision and the torch suffers. With a box of 10 you have spares for many hours of work. Choose the model that matches your machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGood conductivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e stable arc and reliable starting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e more metres of cut between changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBox of 10:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshop stock without constant reordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated:\u003c\/strong\u003e versions for CUT55 and CUT61.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of CUT55 and CUT61 plasma cutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoilermaking, metalwork and steel structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheet metal cutting in the workshop and on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsumables stock for daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacement electrode for plasma torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CUT55 or CUT61 plasma cutter, depending on model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e box of 10 electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to change the electrode\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange it when the central crater is 1-1.5 mm deep or the arc starts to wander. Check the nozzle at the same time: ideally, change both parts together for the best cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e change the electrode when the central crater is 1-1.5 mm deep or the arc starts to wander, and take the opportunity to check the nozzle: working with worn consumables makes the cut worse and can damage the torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cutters are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor CUT55 and CUT61 plasma cutters. Choose the variant for your machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many electrodes are in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the central crater reaches a depth of 1-1.5 mm or the arc starts to wander.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they suitable for the CUT100?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For the CUT100 we offer dedicated electrodes for its IPT100 torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat else should I check when changing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nozzle, the diffuser and the retaining cap. Changing the electrode and nozzle at the same time gives the best result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which cutters are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For CUT55 and CUT61 plasma cutters. Choose the variant for your machine.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many electrodes are in the box?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"10 electrodes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the central crater reaches a depth of 1-1.5 mm or the arc starts to wander.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are they suitable for the CUT100?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. For the CUT100 we offer dedicated electrodes for its IPT100 torch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What else should I check when changing it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The nozzle, the diffuser and the retaining cap. Changing the electrode and nozzle at the same time gives the best result.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"For CUT55","offer_id":54641418666331,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT55-EL","price":39.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For CUT61","offer_id":54641418699099,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CUT61-EL","price":41.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/electrodos-recambio-cortador-plasma-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864851"},{"product_id":"bombona-gas-desechable-soldadura-mig","title":"Disposable gas cylinder for MIG welding","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShielding gas wherever you need it, without rental cylinders.\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-refillable cylinder for MIG and TIG welding, perfect for occasional jobs and for taking your equipment from place to place, all ready to weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the gas to suit the material: \u003cstrong\u003epure CO2\u003c\/strong\u003e for MIG welding steel, or \u003cstrong\u003epure argon\u003c\/strong\u003e for MIG welding aluminium and for TIG welding. In both cases the gas shields the weld pool from the air and prevents porosity and inclusions in the bead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo gases:\u003c\/strong\u003e pure argon or pure CO2, depending on the material and process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo rental or deposit:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal if you weld now and then.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable:\u003c\/strong\u003e small and light for work on site, on farms or at customers' homes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to use:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits a regulator for disposable cylinders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCO2: MIG welding of steel for repairs and metalwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArgon: MIG welding of aluminium and TIG welding of steel and stainless steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance work away from the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and small workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGases:\u003c\/strong\u003e pure argon \/ pure CO2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e disposable cylinder, non-refillable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCO2 uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG on steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArgon uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIG on aluminium and TIG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArgon or CO2: which to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you mainly weld steel with solid wire, CO2 is the economical option with good penetration. If you work with aluminium or TIG, you need argon: CO2 is not suitable for those processes. For steel with a smoother arc, we also offer our argon-CO2 mixed gas cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e you will need a regulator for disposable cylinders. Secure the cylinder firmly while working, close it when you finish and, once empty, dispose of it in line with local regulations: never try to refill it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between argon and CO2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePure CO2 is used for MIG welding steel. Pure argon is used for MIG welding aluminium and for TIG welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be refilled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a disposable, non-refillable cylinder; once empty it must be disposed of in line with local regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat regulator do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA regulator compatible with disposable cylinders that lets you adjust the gas flow to the torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for TIG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the pure argon version is the right one for TIG welding of steel, stainless steel and aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is it better value than a large cylinder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you weld occasionally or need to move your equipment around: you pay no rental or deposit. If you weld every day, a large cylinder usually works out cheaper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between argon and CO2?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Pure CO2 is used for MIG welding steel. Pure argon is used for MIG welding aluminium and for TIG welding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be refilled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is a disposable, non-refillable cylinder; once empty it must be disposed of in line with local regulations.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What regulator do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A regulator compatible with disposable cylinders that lets you adjust the gas flow to the torch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for TIG?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the pure argon version is the right one for TIG welding of steel, stainless steel and aluminium.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When is it better value than a large cylinder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When you weld occasionally or need to move your equipment around: you pay no rental or deposit. If you weld every day, a large cylinder usually works out cheaper.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Pure argon","offer_id":54641419157851,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-GASARGONPLUS","price":21.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pure CO2","offer_id":54641419190619,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-GASCO2PLUS","price":21.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bombona-gas-desechable-soldadura-mig-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864866"},{"product_id":"puntas-contacto-antorcha-mig-5-unidades","title":"Contact tips for MIG torches (5 units)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent transferred cleanly to the wire, for a clean arc with no jumping.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 5 contact tips for MT15 (also known as AX15) and MT25 (AX25) torches, with good conductivity and wear resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your wire diameter: \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 mm or 1.0 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e for steel wire, or \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 mm for aluminium wire\u003c\/strong\u003e. With a pack of 5 in the welder's toolbox, you can swap tips straight away when one wears out or you change reel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood conductivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e stable arc and less spatter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWear-resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e more hours between changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel and aluminium:\u003c\/strong\u003e diameters for both wire types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMT15 and MT25:\u003c\/strong\u003e versions for each torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT15\/AX15 and MT25\/AX25 MIG torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel welding with 0.8 and 1.0 mm wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium welding with 1.2 mm wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-process welder maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 tips per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 mm and 1.0 mm (steel) · 1.2 mm (aluminium)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT15 \/ AX15 or MT25 \/ AX25 torches depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst the torch (MT15 or MT25), then the wire diameter. For aluminium, use the dedicated 1.2 mm tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for aluminium wire\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1.2 mm tips in this pack are designed for aluminium wire. Remember that aluminium also needs a Teflon liner and U-groove rollers to feed without jamming, and that the tip should be checked often because it wears faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e the tip must match the wire diameter: if it is larger, the arc becomes unstable; if it is smaller, the wire jams. Change it when the bore turns oval.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich torches are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor MT15 (AX15) and MT25 (AX25) torches, depending on the variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich diameters are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8 and 1.0 mm for steel wire and 1.2 mm for aluminium wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many tips are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 tips per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should they be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the bore becomes oval or the arc starts to become unstable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a kit with more consumables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the MT15\/MT25 MIG consumables kit includes nozzles, tips, tip holders and springs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which torches are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For MT15 (AX15) and MT25 (AX25) torches, depending on the variant.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which diameters are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"0.8 and 1.0 mm for steel wire and 1.2 mm for aluminium wire.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many tips are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"5 tips per pack.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should they be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the bore becomes oval or the arc starts to become unstable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there a kit with more consumables?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the MT15\/MT25 MIG consumables kit includes nozzles, tips, tip holders and springs.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"0,8 mm · MT15","offer_id":54641419256155,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-PUNTA0,8","price":7.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 mm · MT15","offer_id":54641419288923,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-PUNTA1,0","price":6.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.2 mm aluminium · MT15","offer_id":54641419321691,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-PUNTA1,2AL15","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · MT25","offer_id":54641419354459,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-PUNTA0,825","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 mm · MT25","offer_id":54641419387227,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-PUNTA1,025","price":8.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.2 mm aluminium · MT25","offer_id":54641419419995,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-PUNTA1,2AL25","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/puntas-contacto-antorcha-mig-5-unidades-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864872"},{"product_id":"kit-consumibles-antorcha-mig","title":"MIG torch consumables kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything that wears on a MIG torch, in a single kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gas nozzles, contact tips, diffusers and springs for MT15 or MT25 torches: keep it in the welder case and never stop a job for want of a consumable again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 and 1.0 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e tips for steel and \u003cstrong\u003e0.9\/1.0 mm tips for aluminium or galvanised steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you can change wire without waiting for an order. A complete set of spares that works out cheaper than buying the parts separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the torch's wear parts in a single order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTips for several wires:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 and 1.0 mm steel and aluminium or galvanised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e for MT15 or MT25 torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo downtime:\u003c\/strong\u003e spares to hand when you need them most.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of MT15 and MT25 MIG torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, bodywork and structural workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-process welders with a wire torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare parts stock for the site and the van.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel tips 0.8 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel tips 1.0 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium\/galvanised tips 0.9\/1.0 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiffusers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT15 or MT25 torches depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to change each part\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tip, when the hole goes oval or the arc becomes unstable; the gas nozzle, when it is deformed or has spatter built up; the diffuser, if its holes are clogged; and the spring, if it has lost tension. With the kit you have spares for everything to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean spatter off the gas nozzle frequently and use anti-spatter spray: a dirty nozzle deflects the gas and fills the bead with porosity. Change the tip as soon as the hole goes oval.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the kit include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 gas nozzles, 5 steel tips in 0.8 mm, 5 in 1.0 mm, 5 tips in 0.9\/1.0 mm for aluminium or galvanised steel, 2 diffusers and 2 springs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich torches is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor MT15 or MT25 torches, depending on the variant chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for aluminium wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes 0.9\/1.0 mm tips for aluminium or galvanised steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I change the tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the hole goes oval or the arc becomes unstable; it is the consumable changed most often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy the parts individually?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, we also sell gas nozzles, tips, diffusers and springs separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the kit include?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2 gas nozzles, 5 steel tips in 0.8 mm, 5 in 1.0 mm, 5 tips in 0.9\/1.0 mm for aluminium or galvanised steel, 2 diffusers and 2 springs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which torches is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For MT15 or MT25 torches, depending on the variant chosen.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for aluminium wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it includes 0.9\/1.0 mm tips for aluminium or galvanised steel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should I change the tip?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the hole goes oval or the arc becomes unstable; it is the consumable changed most often.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I buy the parts individually?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, we also sell gas nozzles, tips, diffusers and springs separately.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"MT15","offer_id":54641419813211,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-KITMT15","price":17.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25","offer_id":54641419845979,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-KITMT25","price":20.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/kit-consumibles-antorcha-mig-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864885"},{"product_id":"tobera-conica-antorcha-mig-2-unidades","title":"Conical nozzle for MIG torches (2 units)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWell-directed gas and a clear view of the weld pool, even in corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 2 conical nozzles for MT15 (AX15) or MT25 (AX25) MIG torches, which direct the shielding gas over the weld pool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey have an \u003cstrong\u003einsulating base\u003c\/strong\u003e that reduces heat transfer and are \u003cstrong\u003epush-fit, with no tools needed\u003c\/strong\u003e. The conical shape concentrates the gas and gives a better view of the weld pool, which is very useful in corners, narrow joints and fillet welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConical shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e concentrates the gas and improves visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsulating base:\u003c\/strong\u003e less heat transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePush-fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick tool-free changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e always a spare ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT15\/AX15 and MT25\/AX25 MIG torches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding in corners and narrow joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, bodywork and steel structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing distorted or spatter-clogged nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e conical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e insulating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e push-fit, no tools needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT15 \/ AX15 or MT25 \/ AX25 torches depending on variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to change the nozzle\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA nozzle that is distorted, clogged with spatter or has a damaged insulating base deflects the gas and leaves a porous weld bead. If cleaning it does not restore a clean gas flow, replace it. Push-fitting takes seconds, so it is not worth carrying on welding with a nozzle in poor condition. Check the contact tip and tip holder at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e the conical shape concentrates the gas and gives a better view of the weld pool in corners; replace it if it is distorted or clogged with spatter. A little anti-spatter spray at the start of the working day greatly extends its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich torches are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor MT15 (AX15) and MT25 (AX25) torches, depending on the variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many nozzles are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 conical nozzles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they need tools to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, they are push-fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the conical shape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt concentrates the shielding gas and gives a better view of the weld pool in corners and narrow joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should they be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen they are distorted or clogged with spatter that deflects the gas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which torches are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For MT15 (AX15) and MT25 (AX25) torches, depending on the variant.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many nozzles are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2 conical nozzles.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do they need tools to fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, they are push-fit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of the conical shape?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It concentrates the shielding gas and gives a better view of the weld pool in corners and narrow joints.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should they be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When they are distorted or clogged with spatter that deflects the gas.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"MT15","offer_id":54641420337499,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-KITTOBERA","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"MT25","offer_id":54641420370267,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-KITTOBERA25","price":10.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/tobera-conica-antorcha-mig-2-unidades-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864897"},{"product_id":"hilo-mig-acero","title":"Steel MIG wire for gas-shielded welding","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean steel welds and smooth, jerk-free feeding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wire for MIG\/MAG welding of thin to medium-thickness steel, with stable feeding and clean beads. Suitable for machines with two- or four-roller drives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (0.8, 5 or 15 kg spools) or \u003cstrong\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e on a 5 kg spool, depending on your machine and the thickness you weld. It requires a shielding gas suited to the type of steel: CO2 or an argon-CO2 mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e even wire feed with 2- or 4-roller drives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean bead:\u003c\/strong\u003e less spatter and less cleaning afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeveral formats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8, 5 and 15 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor thin and medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most common thickness range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, metal joinery and light structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBodywork and vehicle repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance in workshops, on farms and in industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY with a gas MIG welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e solid steel wire for MIG\/MAG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 \/ 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpools:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kg, 5 kg and 15 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e thin and medium-thickness steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas:\u003c\/strong\u003e shielding gas suited to the steel (not suitable for gasless use)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCheck your spool size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall welders usually take up to 1 kg, many multi-process machines up to 5 kg and only workshop machines 15 kg. If you want to weld without a gas cylinder, the right wire is E71T-GS gasless flux-cored wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always use a feed roller and contact tip of the same diameter as the wire, and keep the spool covered and dry between uses: rust and dust on the wire cause many jams and porous beads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameters and formats are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8 mm on 0.8, 5 and 15 kg spools, and 1.0 mm on a 5 kg spool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used without gas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is solid wire and needs shielding gas. For gasless welding, use E71T-GS flux-cored wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat gas should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA shielding gas suited to the steel, normally CO2 or an argon-CO2 mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat thicknesses does it weld?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThin and medium-thickness steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with my welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works on machines with two- or four-roller drives. Check the spool size your welder takes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameters and formats are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"0.8 mm on 0.8, 5 and 15 kg spools, and 1.0 mm on a 5 kg spool.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used without gas?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is solid wire and needs shielding gas. For gasless welding, use E71T-GS flux-cored wire.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gas should I use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A shielding gas suited to the steel, normally CO2 or an argon-CO2 mix.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What thicknesses does it weld?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Thin and medium-thickness steel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it work with my welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It works on machines with two- or four-roller drives. Check the spool size your welder takes.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"0,8 mm · 0,8 kg","offer_id":54641420534107,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOACE0,8","price":10.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · 5 kg","offer_id":54641420566875,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOACE5KG","price":30.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · 15 kg","offer_id":54641420599643,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOACE15KG","price":63.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 mm · 5 kg","offer_id":54641420632411,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOACE51.0","price":30.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/hilo-mig-acero-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864904"},{"product_id":"hilo-mig-tubular-sin-gas","title":"E71T-GS gasless flux-cored MIG wire","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWire welding without a cylinder: cheaper, lighter and ready for outdoor work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-shielded flux-cored wire (AWS E71T-GS): weld with your wire welder without gas, indoors and outdoors and in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flux inside generates its own shielding, so wind does not ruin the weld as it does with gas. Ideal for repairs, small metal structures and outdoor work. In \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 or 0.9 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, on \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 kg or 3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e spools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo gas:\u003c\/strong\u003e forget about cylinders, regulators and rentals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e works in the wind, where gas gets blown away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e flat, vertical and overhead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable:\u003c\/strong\u003e perfect with compact wire welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairs to railings, fences and gates outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall metal structures and brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance on farms, sites and rural holdings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY with gasless wire welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS E71T-GS self-shielded flux-cored wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas:\u003c\/strong\u003e no external gas needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 \/ 0.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpools:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kg and 3 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositions:\u003c\/strong\u003e all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePolarity and rollers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith flux-cored wire, the torch is usually set to negative polarity: check your machine's manual. Use knurled rollers if you have them, because flux-cored wire is softer and can be crushed or slip with a smooth roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e remove the slag between passes with a chipping hammer and brush: flux-cored wire leaves a layer of slag, just like a stick electrode. Ventilate the area well, as the flux produces more fumes than solid wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need gas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a self-shielded flux-cored wire: the flux inside shields the weld pool without a cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameters and spools are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8 and 0.9 mm, on 0.8 kg and 3 kg spools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it works indoors and outdoors, even in a bit of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat polarity should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNormally negative polarity on the torch. Always check your welder's manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it leave slag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, like a covered electrode. Remove it with a chipping hammer and brush between passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it need gas?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is a self-shielded flux-cored wire: the flux inside shields the weld pool without a cylinder.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameters and spools are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"0.8 and 0.9 mm, on 0.8 kg and 3 kg spools.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used outdoors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it works indoors and outdoors, even in a bit of wind.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What polarity should I use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Normally negative polarity on the torch. Always check your welder's manual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it leave slag?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, like a covered electrode. Remove it with a chipping hammer and brush between passes.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"0,8 mm · 0,8 kg","offer_id":54641421058395,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOANIM0,8N","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,9 mm · 0,8 kg","offer_id":54641421091163,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOANIM0,9N","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · 3 kg","offer_id":54641421123931,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOANIM3KG","price":71.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,9 mm · 3 kg","offer_id":54641421156699,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOANIM30,9","price":71.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/hilo-mig-tubular-sin-gas-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864922"},{"product_id":"roldana-arrastre-soldadora-promig-291-301-315dp","title":"Drive roll for PROMIG 291, 301 and 315DP welders","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your PROMIG291, 301 or 315DP smooth, constant wire feed again.\u003c\/strong\u003e If the wire slips, feeds in jerks or tangles at the torch inlet, the culprit is often a worn drive roll or a groove that does not match the wire. This drive roll is the spare part for the wire feeder of the PROMIG291, PROMIG301 and PROMIG315DP multi-process welders: it guides and pushes the wire towards the torch without deforming it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the groove to suit your wire: 0.8-1.0 mm steel, 1.0-1.2 mm steel or 1.0-1.2 mm flux-cored wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e fewer jams and a more even arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersions by wire type:\u003c\/strong\u003e solid steel or flux-cored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e for PROMIG291, PROMIG301 and PROMIG315DP.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick change:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaced in the feeder in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a worn drive roll.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitching from solid wire to gasless flux-cored wire, or changing diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, boilermaking and maintenance workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e wire drive roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e PROMIG291, PROMIG301 and PROMIG315DP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel 0.8-1.0 mm · steel 1.0-1.2 mm · flux-cored wire 1.0-1.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e single unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor flux-cored wire, always use the knurled flux-cored drive roll: with the steel one the wire slips and, if you tighten it further, it gets crushed. When changing diameter, also change the contact tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is flux-cored wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is tubular wire with a flux core. It needs a knurled drive roll that feeds it without crushing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which drive roll to use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt must match the diameter and type of wire: solid steel or flux-cored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for other welders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for the PROMIG291, PROMIG301 and PROMIG315DP.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there an aluminium version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot in this reference; for aluminium on the PROMIG291 we have a specific 1.0-1.2 mm drive roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I change it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the groove is worn, the wire slips even when you adjust the pressure, or you see wire shavings in the feeder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is flux-cored wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is tubular wire with a flux core. It needs a knurled drive roll that feeds it without crushing it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which drive roll to use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It must match the diameter and type of wire: solid steel or flux-cored.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for other welders?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is intended for the PROMIG291, PROMIG301 and PROMIG315DP.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there an aluminium version?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Not in this reference; for aluminium on the PROMIG291 we have a specific 1.0-1.2 mm drive roll.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I change it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the groove is worn, the wire slips even when you adjust the pressure, or you see wire shavings in the feeder.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Steel 0.8-1.0 mm","offer_id":54641421189467,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG291AC","price":19.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel 1.0-1.2 mm","offer_id":54641421222235,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG291AC2","price":19.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flux-cored wire 1.0-1.2 mm","offer_id":54641421255003,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG291AN","price":19.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/roldana-arrastre-soldadora-promig-291-301-315dp-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864923"},{"product_id":"roldana-aluminio-soldadora-promig-165-200","title":"Aluminium drive roll for PROMIG 165 and 200 welders","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld aluminium with your PROMIG165 or PROMIG200 without the wire getting crushed or jammed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium wire is soft: with a steel drive roll it deforms, slips and ends up tangled in the feeder. This drive roll is specifically for 0.8 and 1.0 mm aluminium wire and is the spare part for the PROMIG165 and PROMIG200 MIG\/MAG welders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts double-guide system gives more stable feeding of the soft aluminium wire, with smooth, constant drive that results in a more stable arc and more even beads. It is the key part for your wire-feed welder to handle aluminium as reliably as steel, with no stoppages from jams or deformed wire in the feeder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium-specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e drives the soft wire without crushing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e more stable feeding and fewer jams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for 0.8 and 1.0 mm wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e for PROMIG165 and PROMIG200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetting up a PROMIG165 or PROMIG200 to weld aluminium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a worn aluminium drive roll.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairs and fabrication of aluminium parts in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium drive roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium 0.8 and 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e PROMIG165 and PROMIG200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e double guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e single unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith aluminium, set the roller pressure to the minimum that drives the wire without slipping: soft wire deforms easily. Also use aluminium contact tips and, if possible, a torch with a Teflon liner. Store aluminium wire in a dry, covered place to prevent it oxidising.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy an aluminium drive roll?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAluminium is soft and needs a groove that drives it without crushing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich welders is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the PROMIG165 and PROMIG200.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat wire diameters does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e0.8 and 1.0 mm aluminium wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat else do I need to weld aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAluminium wire, specific contact tips, pure argon gas and, if possible, a torch with a Teflon liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is replaced in the welder's wire feeder in a few minutes, without special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why an aluminium drive roll?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aluminium is soft and needs a groove that drives it without crushing it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which welders is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the PROMIG165 and PROMIG200.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What wire diameters does it take?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"0.8 and 1.0 mm aluminium wire.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What else do I need to weld aluminium?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aluminium wire, specific contact tips, pure argon gas and, if possible, a torch with a Teflon liner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it difficult to change?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is replaced in the welder's wire feeder in a few minutes, without special tools.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Single unit","offer_id":54641421582683,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG200-AL","price":23.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/roldana-aluminio-soldadora-promig-165-200-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864934"},{"product_id":"roldana-arrastre-soldadora-promig500dp","title":"Drive roll for PROMIG500DP welder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous, jam-free wire feed on your PROMIG500DP, whatever the wire.\u003c\/strong\u003e On an industrial welder, a worn drive roll or one with the wrong groove means slipping wire, an arc that cuts out and production stoppages. This drive roll is the spare part for the wire feeder of the PROMIG500DP welder: it improves feed continuity and reduces jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable for steel (0.8-1.0, 1.0-1.2 and 1.2-1.6 mm), flux-cored wire (1.0-1.2 and 1.2-1.6 mm) and aluminium (1.0-1.2 mm), so you have the right groove for every job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA groove for every wire:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel, flux-cored or aluminium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 1.6 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e for industrial work with thick wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFewer jams:\u003c\/strong\u003e constant drive and a more stable arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e direct replacement in the feeder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the worn drive roll on the PROMIG500DP.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanging wire type or diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping spares on site so production never stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e drive roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e PROMIG500DP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8-1.0 · 1.0-1.2 · 1.2-1.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlux-cored wire:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0-1.2 · 1.2-1.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0-1.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen you change wire diameter, also change the contact tip and check the torch liner. Adjust the roller pressure just until the wire stops slipping: more pressure only deforms the wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich drive roll do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe one that matches the wire type (steel, flux-cored or aluminium) and its diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for other welders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for the PROMIG500DP. For other PROMIG models we have specific drive rolls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is flux-cored wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a hollow wire with a flux core. It needs a specific drive roll to feed it without crushing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the steel drive roll for aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is not recommended: aluminium is soft and deforms. Use the 1.0-1.2 mm aluminium version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the drive roll be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the groove is worn, the wire slips even when you tighten it, or wire shavings appear in the feeder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which drive roll do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The one that matches the wire type (steel, flux-cored or aluminium) and its diameter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for other welders?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is intended for the PROMIG500DP. For other PROMIG models we have specific drive rolls.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is flux-cored wire?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a hollow wire with a flux core. It needs a specific drive roll to feed it without crushing it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use the steel drive roll for aluminium?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is not recommended: aluminium is soft and deforms. Use the 1.0-1.2 mm aluminium version.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should the drive roll be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the groove is worn, the wire slips even when you tighten it, or wire shavings appear in the feeder.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Steel 0.8-1.0 mm","offer_id":54641421943131,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG500AC","price":28.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel 1.0-1.2 mm","offer_id":54641421975899,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG500AC2","price":28.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel 1.2-1.6 mm","offer_id":54641422008667,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG500AC3","price":28.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flux-cored wire 1.0-1.2 mm","offer_id":54641422041435,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG500AN","price":28.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flux-cored wire 1.2-1.6 mm","offer_id":54641422074203,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG500AN2","price":28.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminium 1.0-1.2 mm","offer_id":54641422106971,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PROMIG500AL","price":28.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/roldana-arrastre-soldadora-promig500dp-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864957"},{"product_id":"hilo-mig-aluminio","title":"Aluminium MIG wire","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecisely welded aluminium with clean beads.\u003c\/strong\u003e High-purity aluminium wire for MIG welding, for jobs ranging from automotive to construction. Its fine diameter allows precise welds even on thin sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (0.5 or 2 kg spool) and \u003cstrong\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (2 kg spool). It is welded with argon or an argon-helium mix. For the wire to feed without jamming, the machine must be set up for aluminium: Teflon liner, U-groove rollers and a suitable tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh purity:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean, good-looking beads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise control on thin sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.5 and 2 kg spools:\u003c\/strong\u003e formats for compact and workshop machines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e automotive, bodywork, marine and construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair of aluminium parts and bodywork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrailers, ramps and light structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine work and aluminium joinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops with a MIG welder set up for aluminium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e solid aluminium wire for MIG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 \/ 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpools:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 kg and 2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas:\u003c\/strong\u003e argon or argon-helium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSet up your machine for aluminium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium needs a Teflon liner, U-groove rollers and a contact tip one size larger; with a steel liner the wire jams. A dedicated aluminium torch or a spool gun makes the job much easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean and degrease the workpiece just before welding, remove the oxide layer with a stainless steel brush and set the wire tension and speed carefully: with aluminium, a drive that is too tight deforms the wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat gas do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArgon or an argon-helium mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameters and spools are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8 mm on a 0.5 or 2 kg spool, and 1.0 mm on a 2 kg spool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use my steel torch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is best to set up the machine: Teflon liner, U-groove rollers and a suitable contact tip. With a steel liner the wire jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat jobs is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor MIG welding of aluminium in automotive, construction, bodywork, marine work and repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat contact tip do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor aluminium, a tip one size larger than the wire diameter is used to prevent jamming due to expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gas do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Argon or an argon-helium mix.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameters and spools are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"0.8 mm on a 0.5 or 2 kg spool, and 1.0 mm on a 2 kg spool.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use my steel torch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is best to set up the machine: Teflon liner, U-groove rollers and a suitable contact tip. With a steel liner the wire jams.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What jobs is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For MIG welding of aluminium in automotive, construction, bodywork, marine work and repairs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What contact tip do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For aluminium, a tip one size larger than the wire diameter is used to prevent jamming due to expansion.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"0,8 mm · 0,5 kg","offer_id":54641422139739,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOALU0,8","price":27.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,8 mm · 2 kg","offer_id":54641422172507,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOALU2KG","price":63.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 mm · 2 kg","offer_id":54641422205275,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOALU2K1.0","price":63.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/hilo-mig-aluminio-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864958"},{"product_id":"spray-antiadherente-soldadura-sin-silicona-400ml","title":"Silicone-free anti-spatter welding spray 400 ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess time cleaning off spatter, more time welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-spatter spray that forms a non-stick film so that spatter and slag do not stick to nozzles, workpieces, tables and welding jigs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is \u003cstrong\u003esilicone-free\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it does not interfere with subsequent treatments or finishes such as painting. Ready-to-use 400 ml can: shake and apply an even coat from 20-30 cm before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-free:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with subsequent painting and finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtects consumables:\u003c\/strong\u003e nozzles and tips last longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaves cleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e spatter comes off easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to apply:\u003c\/strong\u003e ready-to-use 400 ml spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMIG torch nozzles and tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkpieces, welding tables and clamping jigs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetalwork, bodywork and steel structure workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParts that will be painted after welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e shake and apply an even coat from 20-30 cm before welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to get the most out of it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApply a thin, even coat: there is no need to soak the workpiece. On welding tables and clamping jigs, one pass at the start of the working day stops spatter sticking and makes cleaning at the end much easier. Shake the can well before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e spray the nozzle and tip once while cold, at the start of the working day: you will save a lot of cleaning time and extend the life of your consumables. On workpieces, spray around the weld bead, not onto the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the anti-spatter spray for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt forms a film that stops spatter and slag sticking to nozzles, workpieces, tables and jigs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain silicone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is silicone-free and does not interfere with painting or other subsequent finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it applied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake the can and apply an even coat from 20-30 cm before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it extend the life of consumables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, by preventing spatter from building up on nozzles and tips, they last longer and the gas flows better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the anti-spatter spray for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It forms a film that stops spatter and slag sticking to nozzles, workpieces, tables and jigs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it contain silicone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is silicone-free and does not interfere with painting or other subsequent finishes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it applied?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shake the can and apply an even coat from 20-30 cm before welding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the capacity?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"400 ml.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it extend the life of consumables?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, by preventing spatter from building up on nozzles and tips, they last longer and the gas flows better.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641422303579,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-SPRAY","price":8.53,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/spray-antiadherente-soldadura-sin-silicona-400ml-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864967"},{"product_id":"hilo-mig-acero-inoxidable-0-8mm","title":"Stainless steel MIG wire, 0.8 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel MIG welded, with no post-treatment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wire for welding stainless steel with MIG welders: the joints resist corrosion well and need no post-weld heat treatment, making it suitable for both industrial and workshop applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 kg spool with 0.8 mm wire\u003c\/strong\u003e, the format accepted by most portable and multi-process MIG welders. It is welded with argon or argon mixes, and is perfect for occasional stainless steel jobs without tying up a large spool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable joints in stainless steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo post-treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e no heat treatment needed after welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.8 kg spool:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with portable welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.8 mm wire:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise control on thin and medium sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairs to stainless steel railings and furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOccasional stainless steel work in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance in the food industry and hospitality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable and multi-process MIG welders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e solid stainless steel wire for MIG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpool:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas:\u003c\/strong\u003e argon or argon mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeed a larger quantity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you weld stainless steel often, the same type of wire is available on 5 and 15 kg spools in our catalogue, at a better price per kilo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit a 0.8 mm roller and tip and shield with argon or an argon mix. With the 0.8 kg spool you can weld stainless steel with compact MIG welders without tying up a large spool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean the workpiece with a stainless steel brush and degreaser before welding and do not touch it with tools used on ordinary steel: iron particles end up rusting the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat gas do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArgon or argon mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the spool?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a 0.8 kg spool with 0.8 mm wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need treatment after welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the joints do not require post-weld heat treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for portable welders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 0.8 kg spool is the format accepted by most portable and multi-process MIG welders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat contact tip should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 0.8 mm tip compatible with your torch, together with a 0.8 mm roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gas do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Argon or argon mixes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size is the spool?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a 0.8 kg spool with 0.8 mm wire.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it need treatment after welding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, the joints do not require post-weld heat treatment.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for portable welders?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the 0.8 kg spool is the format accepted by most portable and multi-process MIG welders.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What contact tip should I use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 0.8 mm tip compatible with your torch, together with a 0.8 mm roller.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Spool · 0.8 kg","offer_id":54641422369115,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-HILOINOX0,8","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"protector-exterior-pantalla-soldar","title":"Outer cover lens for welding masks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect the electronic filter in your mask for very little money and always weld with clear vision.\u003c\/strong\u003e The auto-darkening filter is the most expensive part of an automatic welding mask, and what protects it is a simple outer sheet. This replacement outer cover lens stops sparks, molten metal spatter and impacts, and can be changed in seconds when it becomes pitted or cloudy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the size for your mask: next to each size we show the mask model it fits (PE400S, PE600S, PE800PRO, Ironweld, Starwhite, PE450S, PE1000\/3XL, PE903XL, PE904XL and large PE800).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the filter:\u003c\/strong\u003e stops spatter damaging the electronic cartridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChanged in seconds:\u003c\/strong\u003e no tools needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat- and impact-resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e withstands daily welding work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes for every mask:\u003c\/strong\u003e eight references by model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the pitted or scratched outer cover lens of an auto-darkening mask.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping a clear view of the weld pool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping spares in the workshop so you never have to stop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e outer cover lens for welding masks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 114 x 87 · 110 x 86 · 110 x 97 · 121 x 97.5 · 225 x 105 · 390.3 x 150 · 394 x 116 mm and large PE800\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack:\u003c\/strong\u003e single unit (PE450S: pack of 10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e to heat and impacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChange the outer cover lens as soon as it is pitted or cloudy: it is very cheap and stops spatter reaching the electronic filter. Store them in their wrapping, away from dust, and clean the mask with a soft cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which size I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the cover lens fitted to your mask or choose the model shown for each variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between an outer and an inner cover lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe outer one protects the filter from spatter; the inner one, which is smaller, protects the filter on the face side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow often should it be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on use: as soon as it is pitted, scratched or cloudy and you find it hard to see the weld pool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many units does it come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is sold individually, except for the 225 x 105 mm size for the PE450S, which comes in a pack of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for masks from other brands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the size matches your current cover lens exactly, it usually is. Measure yours before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which size I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the cover lens fitted to your mask or choose the model shown for each variant.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between an outer and an inner cover lens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The outer one protects the filter from spatter; the inner one, which is smaller, protects the filter on the face side.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should it be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on use: as soon as it is pitted, scratched or cloudy and you find it hard to see the weld pool.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units does it come with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is sold individually, except for the 225 x 105 mm size for the PE450S, which comes in a pack of 10.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for masks from other brands?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If the size matches your current cover lens exactly, it usually is. Measure yours before ordering.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"114 x 87 mm · PE400S \/ PE600S","offer_id":54641423581531,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEX400\/600S","price":3.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"110 x 86 mm · PE800PRO","offer_id":54641423614299,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEX800PRO","price":3.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"110 x 97 mm · Ironweld","offer_id":54641423647067,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEXIRONWELD","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"121 x 97.5 mm · Starwhite","offer_id":54641423679835,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEXSTARWHITE","price":2.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"225 x 105 mm · PE450S · 10 pcs","offer_id":54641423712603,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEX450S","price":17.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"390.3 x 150 mm · PE1000\/3XL","offer_id":54641423745371,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEX1000\/3XL","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"394 x 116 mm · PE903XL \/ PE904XL","offer_id":54641423778139,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEX903-4","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large · PE800","offer_id":54641423810907,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PEXGRANDE800","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"protector-interior-pantalla-soldar","title":"Inner cover lens for welding masks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee clearly through your auto-darkening mask again and extend the life of the filter.\u003c\/strong\u003e If your vision is blurred even though the outer cover lens is new, the culprit is usually the inner cover lens. This clear polycarbonate inner cover lens sits between the auto-darkening filter and your face: it protects the filter from knocks, dust and debris and keeps your vision clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the size for your mask; next to each size we show the model it fits (PE400S, PE600S, PE450S, PE800PRO, Ironweld, PE903XL, PE904XL and PE1000\/3XL). It is an inexpensive spare that makes a real difference to visual comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear vision:\u003c\/strong\u003e transparent polycarbonate with no distortion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the filter:\u003c\/strong\u003e on the face side, against knocks, dust and debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick change:\u003c\/strong\u003e fitted in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes by model:\u003c\/strong\u003e six references, including a 3-piece set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the scratched inner cover lens of an auto-darkening mask.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting the inner side of the electronic cartridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping spares for several operators' masks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart:\u003c\/strong\u003e inner cover lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 101.7 x 46.5 · 101 x 49 · 103 x 52 · 103.6 x 48.8 · 103.7 x 69.5 mm and 3-piece set (118 x 89 \/ 84 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack:\u003c\/strong\u003e single unit (PE450S: pack of 10 · PE1000\/3XL: set of 3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe inner cover lens gets scratched by rubbing and cleaning: change it when you notice blurred vision even though the outer one is new. Clean it only with a soft, dry cloth, without solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which size I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the inner cover lens of your mask or choose the model shown for each variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need it if I already have an outer cover lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it protects the filter on the inside and stops it getting scratched.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is it made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClear polycarbonate, lightweight and impact-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many units does it come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is sold individually, except for the PE450S one, which comes in a pack of 10, and the PE1000\/3XL one, which is a 3-piece set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I change it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen it is scratched or misted and your vision is blurred, even if the outer cover lens is in good condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which size I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the inner cover lens of your mask or choose the model shown for each variant.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need it if I already have an outer cover lens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it protects the filter on the inside and stops it getting scratched.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What material is it made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Clear polycarbonate, lightweight and impact-resistant.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units does it come with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is sold individually, except for the PE450S one, which comes in a pack of 10, and the PE1000\/3XL one, which is a 3-piece set.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I change it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it is scratched or misted and your vision is blurred, even if the outer cover lens is in good condition.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"101.7 x 46.5 mm · PE400S \/ PE600S","offer_id":54641424302427,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PIN400\/600S","price":2.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"101 x 49 mm · PE450S · 10 pcs","offer_id":54641424335195,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PIN450S","price":10.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"103 x 52 mm · PE800PRO","offer_id":54641424367963,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PIN800PRO","price":2.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"103.6 x 48.8 mm · Ironweld","offer_id":54641424400731,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PINIRONWELD","price":2.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"103.7 x 69.5 mm · PE903XL \/ PE904XL","offer_id":54641424433499,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PIN903-4","price":2.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-piece set · PE1000\/3XL","offer_id":54641424466267,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-PIN1000\/3XL","price":3.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"kit-cristales-pantalla-soldar-inactinicos","title":"Lens kit for welding masks: 2 shade lenses and 1 clear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee the weld pool clearly again and protect your eyes as well as on day one.\u003c\/strong\u003e A scratched, dirty or spatter-covered lens forces you to weld blind and strains your eyes. This replacement kit includes 2 shade lenses, which filter the ultraviolet and infrared radiation from the arc, and 1 clear lens that fits in front to protect them from spatter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 50 x 105 mm (DIN 11 shade lenses, the standard size for many hand-held and helmet masks) and 110 x 90 mm. With two shade lenses you have one fitted and one spare so you never have to stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArc protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e the shade lenses filter UV and IR radiation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 shade lenses per kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e takes the spatter and extends the life of the shade lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 x 105 mm and 110 x 90 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenewing the lenses in a hand-held or helmet welding mask.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a scratched, broken or spatter-covered lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping spares in the workshop for stick welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 shade lenses + 1 clear lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 x 105 mm or 110 x 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShade (50 x 105 mm):\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandards stated (50 x 105 mm):\u003c\/strong\u003e EN 166 and EN 169\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways fit the clear lens on the outside: when it fills with spatter you only change that one, which is the cheapest. Never weld with a cracked shade lens or without one: arc radiation damages your eyes even if you feel no discomfort at the time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the lens in your mask: 50 x 105 mm is the standard size for many hand-held and helmet masks; we also stock 110 x 90 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the clear lens for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt protects the shade lens from sparks and spatter. It fits on the outside and is replaced when it gets dirty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat shade are the shade lenses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 50 x 105 mm lenses are DIN 11, a common shade for stick welding at medium currents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich standards do they meet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the 50 x 105 mm size, the manufacturer states EN 166 and EN 169.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I change the lenses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the clear lens is pitted or the shade lens is scratched, cracked or marked so that you cannot see the weld pool clearly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the lens in your mask: 50 x 105 mm is the standard size for many hand-held and helmet masks; we also stock 110 x 90 mm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the clear lens for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It protects the shade lens from sparks and spatter. It fits on the outside and is replaced when it gets dirty.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What shade are the shade lenses?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 50 x 105 mm lenses are DIN 11, a common shade for stick welding at medium currents.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which standards do they meet?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the 50 x 105 mm size, the manufacturer states EN 166 and EN 169.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I change the lenses?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the clear lens is pitted or the shade lens is scratched, cracked or marked so that you cannot see the weld pool clearly.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"50 x 105 mm","offer_id":54641424597339,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-KITCRISTAL","price":5.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"110 x 90 mm","offer_id":54641424630107,"sku":"CEVIK-CP-KITCRISTAL2","price":5.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/kit-cristales-pantalla-soldar-inactinicos-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865028"},{"product_id":"kit-soldadura-4-piezas-pantalla-guantes-escuadras","title":"4-piece welding kit: mask, gloves and 2 magnetic squares","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll the essentials to start welding safely and accurately, in a single kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e When you buy your first welder or set up a new workstation, something is always missing: the mask, gloves that can withstand sparks or something to hold the pieces. This kit brings together a welding mask, a pair of cowhide gloves and two magnetic squares for holding pieces at an angle before tacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for professionals and hobbyists who want the basics to hand without hunting for each item. It is more practical than buying each accessory separately and you have everything ready from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye and face protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e welding mask with 50 x 105 mm lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtected hands:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 mm thick cowhide gloves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccurate angles:\u003c\/strong\u003e two magnetic squares, 4\" and 3\".\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll in one:\u003c\/strong\u003e the basic accessories for any welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipping a new stick, wire-feed or multi-process welder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembling frames, railings and small square structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping a basic protection kit in the workshop or at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelding mask:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 x 105 mm lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e pair of cowhide gloves, 1.1 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4\" magnetic square:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds up to 22 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\" magnetic square:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds up to 15 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways tack with the squares in place and remove them before running the full bead: excessive heat weakens the magnets. Keep spare 50 x 105 mm lenses for the mask and change the clear lens as soon as it fills with spatter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA welding mask with a 50 x 105 mm lens, a pair of cowhide gloves and two magnetic squares, 4\" and 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much do the squares hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4\" square up to 22 kg and the 3\" square up to 15 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the gloves made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e1.1 mm thick cowhide leather, a material that resists sparks and welding heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change the lens in the mask?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, use 50 x 105 mm lenses, a standard size that is easy to find as a spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for any type of welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a basic protection and holding kit suitable for stick, wire and other processes. Choose the lens shade according to the current you weld at.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A welding mask with a 50 x 105 mm lens, a pair of cowhide gloves and two magnetic squares, 4\\\" and 3\\\".\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much do the squares hold?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 4\\\" square up to 22 kg and the 3\\\" square up to 15 kg.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the gloves made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.1 mm thick cowhide leather, a material that resists sparks and welding heat.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I change the lens in the mask?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, use 50 x 105 mm lenses, a standard size that is easy to find as a spare.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for any type of welding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a basic protection and holding kit suitable for stick, wire and other processes. Choose the lens shade according to the current you weld at.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Single unit","offer_id":54641424892251,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-104K","price":14.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/kit-soldadura-4-piezas-pantalla-guantes-escuadras-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865039"},{"product_id":"carro-metalico-soldadora-portabotella","title":"Metal welder trolley with cylinder holder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your welder, cylinder and accessories together to wherever the workpiece is, in a single trip.\u003c\/strong\u003e Moving the welder, gas cylinder and accessories from one workstation to another is quicker and safer with a welding trolley. This sturdy metal trolley has four wheels, two tiers and a cylinder holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe welder goes on the top tier and the accessories, consumables and spare kits on the lower one. The manufacturer lists it as an accessory for the PROMIG-200, 215 and 250 welders, and it suits machines of a similar size. Your welding station will be tidy with everything to hand, and no cables or cylinders on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e sturdy frame for daily workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to move with the welder and cylinder on board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo tiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e welder on top and accessories below, everything to hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e the gas cylinder travels secured next to the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops with a MIG\/MAG welder and gas cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoving the machine between workstations or to the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping the welder, torch, consumables and accessories in one place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory listed for:\u003c\/strong\u003e PROMIG-200, PROMIG-215 and PROMIG-250\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93 x 34 x 12 cm, printed box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVetonek tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePut the heaviest items at the bottom and always secure the cylinder with its chain or strap before moving the trolley; lock the wheels when you park it. This prevents tipping and knocks to the gas regulator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for my welder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists it for the PROMIG-200, 215 and 250, but it suits welders of a similar size. Ask us for the dimensions if in doubt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a holder for the gas cylinder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it has a cylinder holder so the gas travels secured next to the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many tiers does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo: one for the welder and another for accessories, consumables and spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePacked in a flat 93 x 34 x 12 cm box, so it may require simple assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAround 15 kg packed, a weight that reflects its metal construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for my welder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The manufacturer lists it for the PROMIG-200, 215 and 250, but it suits welders of a similar size. Ask us for the dimensions if in doubt.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it have a holder for the gas cylinder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it has a cylinder holder so the gas travels secured next to the machine.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many tiers does it have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Two: one for the welder and another for accessories, consumables and spare parts.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it delivered?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Packed in a flat 93 x 34 x 12 cm box, so it may require simple assembly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does it weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Around 15 kg packed, a weight that reflects its metal construction.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Single unit","offer_id":54641425383771,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-TROLLEY","price":126.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/carro-metalico-soldadora-portabotella-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865063"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/collections\/kit-consumibles-antorcha-mig-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1794128152","url":"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/collections\/consumibles-accesorios-soldadura.oembed?page=3","provider":"Vetonek","version":"1.0","type":"link"}